The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About06 125 Soccer Complex Tender · · · · THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE BY-LAW NO. 2006 ~ 125 BEING A BY ~LAW TO ACCEPT A TENDER TO CONSTRUCT A SOCCER FIELD COMPLEX IN THE MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE (Bomar Landscape Inc.) WHEREAS Section 11 (2) of the Municipal Act, 2001, S.D. 2001, c. 25, as amended, provides that lower-tier municipalities may pass by-laws within the sphere of jurisdiction of culture, parks, recreation and heritage; AND WHEREAS pursuant to the said Municipal Act, Sections 8 and 9 (1) provide municipalities with the powers of a natural person to enable them to govern their affairs as they consider appropriate and to enhance their ability to respond to municipal issues; AND WHEREAS it has been determined that a new soccer complex is required within the Municipality of Kincardine for the enjoyment of its residents; AND WHEREAS the Municipality of Kincardine has determined that Legion Park would provide an ideal location for a new soccer complex; AND WHEREAS the Council for the Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine deems it expedient to accept the tender of Bomar Landscape Inc. in the amount of $871,985.50, excluding taxes, for the construction of new soccer pitches, including grading, seeding, the supply and installation of an irrigation system, boardwalk and chain link fence; NOW THEREFORE the Council for The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine ENACTS as follows: 1. That the tender of Bomar Landscape Inc., for the construction of new soccer pitches, including grading, seeding and the supply and installation of an irrigation system, boardwalk and chain link fence, in the amount of $871,985.50 , excluding taxes, be hereby accepted. 2. That the Mayor and CAD be hereby authorized to sign, on behalf of the Council for The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine any contracts and other documents required to authorize the project to begin. . . ./2 · · . · Page 2 Legion Park Soccer Complex (Bomar) Tender Acceptance By-law By-law No. 2006 - 125 3. 4. This by-law shall come into full force and effect upon its final passage. This by-law may be cited as the "Legion Park Soccer Complex (Bomar) Tender Acceptance By-law". READ a FIRST, SECOND and THIRD TIME and FINALLY PASSED this 12th day of July, 2006. ßJÞ-...f1.A Mayor r ~~ !Jo ....¡ 'W . # ¿r. . '" , ." . . <::::,{( , . . .. . '. . , :~,~·.:r: .,.." . . :"w ··:.5~;~~~ .; .;...~.~.':~;.. : ':~::";" ...... ·'d w", I.. . ~ ~ :~. . .' . "': . '. . . . . . ¡ " . APPENDIX ItH" ··r~rQ9~ï!øNITENDE~P. RE~ULTS.. : PROJECT ·~~:I~··t~lt,>c'· ·'74r " FILE 1'fO. . . ' ..:.' : . '. -'.~ ' . '-, , ...... . . CONI'RACfOR:- t.8I6I?~ pát~ & .~T~( " ... ~. . t' 'of·· ··;teè'd::.. ' " ~: .. Tender : Àfuóbnt .:> . H:: . ~:? ::~ ~~. ....~. ~ " '.~.,:. ....~.::.:~. - :'.. ..... ,. '" . . . '. r .. .ç.... ;., .'0 ~~.~~ :::·...X:.:./::. ~::~. ;:::~>~.~:;~~/;.:. u . .. ~ II '. ./ .,:., , '" '. . , . ,.' .' : ;\.~ '. .' :...::: ~ .~r...: .:.: .: ,~):::::. .. .... . : f!. '. ... ~ . . .' . ~. . .. . ..., ~ ·i .. ~ .. I" ..... .' , ~ ~;·.t..~" Iik:µ.'...... .' .,,.. k· ~ .......:..;. .. ~ ,.. " - h. ., .' .. '. .. '. .. '. DATE: ." f/<.oJÆcrS .EòT ¿lOO" ~ 07 AUG - 2 2006 CONSENT AGENDA ±em # . '1. 3 iJ . . ',. . .~~ty \, J :}'2f?Or(y . " t· . ..,.. ..,- :aértified . : Am:eement ':.", '''Œ ""tl~ ".. .:' :·t.·O.··B.·o....n.:ij:~';;:.:::·· :...7f1:t ~'.: .... . '.~" I ' ' .......... ..:. . : //.,' ::~.::.'.<:~'.:~... : J:'6~ /~~,,,,,,: :~.. .(.t...~ ,. t ;; ó' '..:." - . ." .:.... ~dl)~ØØ.. 01,;' .:.:;.\' :.:: 'I.:.~..., ., .~:... '~\. " ~_".::.~.~ ?>'.' I. :~~ ,.'.~ ~. 't.,· ., Po ':' 1:>: . ¡;...;:.:,' :~~:.;.': ....... ~~:1..~~.~.::.:. ;t:!I~.1~·~I.?(~O;~.~~...: '.~ _:/ :...:;.~,~~:.;-..... 1t~~I:'~:~~~ ,~~lišt~;:;.. !...?6~~g;\ :F:~·~~..:<·.~:·:.' .~r: ~:"';\~ ;,~~,,,'{í;' ..;. 1,~ll1'~,CiO' -. ~ö.tftjb: ".>~:' . ..:. ,. '.~. .: '. ::' ...0/ \h~,~, : ~. . (911 ., . .., ,: ·~:r~~.,:: ~~t·~.....\t. ...... ~~.tfrJ.. .£o;,Q;¡ '5 .., ., _. .." . V~ì\:L. :<IP . I'.. '. . ... '.-. ·'··C ~~~'~E" ~ .. :.~. ~: .:. .~: {~ ," ~,.,;:.: I. ;'~4.\\~ ~:' J' l~;'. -'i ~^ I;.' '.'. \;];:.~I \,11.:..' ... 'f. . .,.." no' ..' ....~.. ~.. \~,....~ ." .~.~ ,;J ..n~.:_..<r.~.~ .....)..:-. .:·.~:.\;il!'..:··:·..,. '. . .'. .. ." ~,.... .....'\\,':o:J~".,.. , ... .~ . ..7- "'" 01 'JI..' . ,.~ t. '" . : "I" F.'" . (. .. .~. ,: . '. . ~'.'.., '. ,,'. ..... .,:~,_. .,:..:.~~:..:., ~.':':- :..... :.;:~::~ ::~·i)·":::;::: ..:¡>.¡:::~.,,;.:;~:.::...:. \ '. ., :Z.. ',0:' '. . ,/ ;.;.:: ;;>~: i .:;::¿' : ,.:~·í~~: ';~:'f::':" ....: : "::~.'" 1;1+ ", ~. .~:,; Of .. ..:Ye"" ' . DL::.· , --:",,~,. ...~... :/;;.0. ~ ..........' 'w' . 'Ii-...... >;::: ';.;~; ;:::! ;:~~)~..... ··~4;~;:.. ;:...... .' ., '.> .:,./' ./:.:./ '1; oJ ;........~~-:;~:... ". ~ .;-~~~ .;~.. :~:..~~~~. ~~¿~~:.. A'. "':"L ....:.;¡.. X'::" :,·:tC:): <.:..::~. '. \, . . f~ ;' ~F::~~!t ::.~' ; .. ·t.· 'f: 1bf:t~<'~..·,Ù .~. >.', ...7.'R~. ..,. \ ,. . ~,... ':t.J. .;... i,!'l"'. I. :.,..*" .... ;"~:.' . ¡ .f ~'" " I.;J' .. t . "III ::'"lZ .,~.\ .'.'~c: .,.', ,;., . .,I. " .~.:. ::;'·.:~i!:; .;~ ~~ ~~; ~ . ~>.- .: .:;;:. ~~:;:;.~:~..;:' .... ~ : ::;} ~./;'.;". !':." .. .' - .' . ~-. '. .... 1:-.'.:.:" . .' .~':"'''.. .:....~... .'" '.' ~: t't 't.'. : W:~,..~.;..." :... ~', '. \....;. # u~:. : .'~ ,I: .'~' ; ... .... ,':":'¡'" :."::~. ~.:.'" ..::..~..I.' j..':':"6 :.r'~':~:.~.:~:.:: :+.::.~~.~~.:.~~:..:L.. .~ .....-... : ..oW" ~ ,... _, r:r:?:.,..., '. . ,.. . "'~" .." .t... " "" .... ...~....... .. .' .:" ~ ". ~ ~:. f··....... .... &fl'-.:, ' .....}..;. : : '';'..' '. .. t .. .. .. " '. .. . ~:~...; ..". .,. , ,. " ..' .. . '. , . .. I '. . . ::...-:.:,: ~.. : .: '1; :":..' ,. . .;:' ,.- . . ... ,~ . -'~ '::~:~}.,;'.: '.:' ·W: : '.. ... ...~ '~.' ." . . .. . . " ....... . \.... : '. .... .' " . . ~~. .. I ~ ... . . . .. I.! ,. . \.. . .. .. ~-¡;,<...'. « ',"l'~ 12-July-2006 7"'¡:< o:Te~7..s E 01 ';;>'000 -lJÎ -JUl 1 2 2005 COUNCI~ '" L \ Item # ..., - ar ,1) \ Project No 05130 Kincardine Soccer Fields Development Report on Budget: Revenue: Project allowance ftom Municipality: Public Works contribution towards sanitary sewer: Total revenue: $1,050,000 $ 7.000 $1,057,000 Expenses: Outside of main contract Design and contract administration: Allowance for electrical (Westario); Allowance for nets (outside ofconttact): Subtotal: $ 105,000 $ 55,000 $ 28.000 $ 188,000 $ 819,000 Available for main contract: The low tender received ftom Bomar Landscape Inc. was for $871,985.50 (not including GST). This included the junior fields and the provision for the senior soccer pitch. If the project is accepted in its entirety there will be a shortfàll of approximately $3,000. The manner in which the contract is set out allows for the exclusion of the provisional senior soccer field. Legion Park Soccer Complex (Bomar) Tender Acceptance By-Law BY-LAW NO. 2006-125 . CONTRACT DOCUMENT: BOMAR LANDSCAPING INC. CONTRACT NO. 05130 Project: KINCARDINE SOCCER FIELDS Bruce Avenue, Kincardine, Ontario . Refer to A-1 for signed contract Between Municipality of Kincardine and Bomar Landscaping Inc. P.O. Box 25078, Stone Road Guelph, ON N1G 4T4 Filed under separate cover in Administration File - C01 in Central Records: . Titled: Municipality of Kincardine By-Law No. 2006-125 Legion Park Soccer Complex (Bomar) Tender Acceptance By-law . I I I I I I "I I I I I I I I I I I I I MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE KINCARDINE SOCCER FIELDS CONTRACT NO. 05130 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE KINCARDINE SOCCER FIELDS CONTRACT NO. 05130 INDEX TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description Page Information to Bidders IB-I-12 Tender Form of Tender T-l - T-9 T-A & T-B Statement re Sub-Contractors Agreement to Bond Performance Bond Schedule of Plans, Specifications, General Conditions & Standards Index to Special Provisions Special Provisions SP-l- SP-64 Supplemental General Conditions SGC-l General Conditions -- Ontario Provincial Standards (September 1999) Form of Agreement A-I-A-4 Municipality of Kincardine - Corporate Statement Occupational Health and Safety Contract Release Statutory Declaration re Payment of Accounts Statutory Declaration re Liens and Liabilities Standards Appendix "A" -- A & L Canada Laboratories Inc. - Soils Report I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I INFORMATION TO BIDDERS F:\wp\Contracts\Fonns\Info. to Bidders.doc I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IB-1 INFORMATION TO BIDDERS 1) DATE AND PLACE FOR RECEIVING TENDERS: Tenders will be received by: John deRosenroll, CAO Municipality of Kincardine 1475 Concession 5, RR5 Kincardine, ON N2Z 2X6 until 12:00 noon, Tuesday, July 11,2006 as stated in the official tender call advertisement. 2) TENDER DEPOSIT: Each tender must be accompanied by a tender deposit in the form of a certified cheque payable to: Municipality of Kincardine for the amount of: Sixty Thousand Dollars ( $60,000.00 ) This deposit shall serve as evidence of good faith that if awarded the contract, the bidder will execute and enter into a formal agreement with the Owner within the time required and will furnish the security required to secure the performance of the terms and conditions of this contract. The tender deposit of the bidder whose tender is accepted shall be forfeited by him should he fail to execute a contract and provide the satisfactory bonds, referred to hereafter, within ten (10) days after receiving written notice from the Engineer of the award of the contract to him. The deposits of unsuccessful bidders will be returned within thirty (30) days of the award ofthe contract. The deposit of the successful bidder shall be returned upon receipt of the performance bond and the signed contract. 3) SUBMISSION OF TENDER: a) Form of Tender: Tenders shall be submitted on the blank form herewith provided and shall give the lump sum and/or unit prices for the work, and the total tender shall be described in both words and figures. Tenderers will be required to add Goods and Services Tax on the tender form in the space provided. The tender shall be signed by the bidder, and delivered in a sealed, opaque envelope, clearly marked TENDER. b) Statement re Sub-Contractors: Where included in the contract documents, each bidder shall complete along with the tender, a list of proposed Sub-Contractors showing the value of the work to be sublet to each. The value of work sublet shall not exceed 50% of the total work. Failure to provide this list may render the tender invalid. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IB-3 The accepted bidder may also be required to furnish a Clearance Certificate from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board. 11) AGREEMENT TO BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND: Bidders must have the "Agreement to Bond" forms of this contract completed by their Bonding Company, and the same must be submitted with their tender in order to validate their bid. The Contractor, upon receipt of written notice from the Owner awarding the contract, shall provide a Performance Bond for the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total tender to guarantee the performance of all obligations ofthe contract. This Bond shall be supplied to the Owner within ten (10) days of the acceptance of the tender, and shall be at the expense of the Contractor. 12) INSURANCE: In addition to the requirements stated in the General Conditions for Contractor's insurance, the following will apply: a) Liability Insurance: The Contractor shall provide policies of General Liability, Automobile Liability and Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance to the requirements of Sections GC6.03.02, GC6.03.03 and GC6.03.04 respectively. b) Property and Boiler Insurance: No Property or Boiler Insurance will be required for this contract. c) All other insurance provisions of Section GC6 of the General Conditions shall apply. 13) COMPLETION DATE AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: a) Time: Time shall be the essence of this agreement. b) Progress of the Work and Time for Completion: The Contractor shall complete this contract in its entirety by: September 29, 2006 If this time limit above specified is not sufficient to permit completion of the work by the Contractor working a normal number of hours each day or week on a single daylight shift basis, it is expected that additional and/or augmented daylight shifts will be required throughout the life of the contract to the extent deemed necessary by the Contractor to ensure that the work will be completed within the time limit specified. Any additional costs occasioned by compliance with these provisions will be considered to be included in the prices bid for the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1B-5 14) MATERIALS: a) Supply of Materials: Unless otherwise specifically designated, the Contractor shall supply all materials required under this contract. b) Materials Ordered by the Owner: Where the contract specifies that a material will be supplied by the Owner, such materials shall be delivered to the job site or to a local storage centre designated by the Owner. Once such materials are delivered to the job site or are picked up by the Contractor from a designated storage area, the Contractor shall be responsible for all handling, hauling, or storage of materials, including excess materials. c) Care of Material Supplied by the Owner: The Contractor shall in advance of receipt of shipments of materials provide adequate and proper storage facilities satisfactory to the Engineer, and on the receipt of such shipments, shall promptly place the materials in storage except where they are to be incorporated forthwith into the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for the acceptance at the point of delivery and for the safe handling and storage of all materials supplied by the Owner. Materials damaged while under control of the Contractor shall be replaced or repaired, at the Contractor's expense, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Materials rejected by the Engineer or Inspector for reasons due to no fault of the Contractor shall remain in the care and at the risk of the Contractor until their disposition has been determined by the Engineer. Where material supplied by the Owner arrives at the delivery point in a damaged condition or where there are discrepancies between the quantities received and the quantities shown on the Bills of Lading, the Contractor shall immediately report such damage or shortages to the Engineer who shall arrange for an immediate inspection of the shipment and provide the Contractor with a written release from responsibility for such shortages or damage. Where shortages or damage are not so reported, it will be assumed that the shipment arrived in good order and shortages or damaged materials will henceforth be made good at the Contractor's expense. The full amount of material in each shipment shall be accounted for by the Contractor, and the material shall be at the risk of the Contractor after delivery. Material supplied to the Contractor by the Owner shall not, except with the written permission of the Engineer, be used for purposes other than the performance of the work under the contract. Empty reels, crates and containers from materials supplied by the Owner shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents. The Contractor shall provide the Owner immediately upon receipt of each shipment copies of Bills of Lading or such other documentation as the Engineer may require to substantiate and reconcile the quantities of materials received. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IB-7 17) DUST CONTROL: The Contractor shall take such steps as may be required to prevent dust nuisance resulting from the operations either within the contract limits, on detours, or elsewhere, or by public traffic, where it is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain a roadway through the work. Where the work requires the sawing of asphalt or the sawing or grinding of concrete, blades and grinders ofthe wet type shall be used together with sufficient water to prevent the incidence of dust, wherever dust would affect traffic or wherever dust would be a nuisance to residents of the area where the work is being carried out. The cost of all preventative measures required by the Engineer outside the limits of the contract shall be borne by the Contractor. The cost of such measures within the contract shall be borne by the Contractor except in contracts where tender items include "Water for Compaction and Dust Control" or "Calcium Chloride" or both. In such cases, the Contractor shall be paid by the Owner at the contract unit price(s) for the appropriate item(s). 18) FIRST AID EQUIPMENT: The Contractor shall provide and maintain the necessary first aid items and equipment called for under the First Aid Regulations of the Worker's Compensation Act. 19) TAXES: a) Ontario Retail Sales Tax: Contractors shall pay any applicable Ontario Retail Sales Tax and include this price in their bids. b) Federal Goods and Services Tax: The 6% Federal Goods and Services Tax will be paid on all work performed within the contract. It will be listed as a separate item on all tender documents and adjusted on final payment in accordance with the final contract price. 20) REGULATION OF PITS AND QUARRIES: Bill 120, An Act to Regulate Pits and Quarries and to Provide for their Rehabilitation shall be applicable in such parts of Ontario as the Lieutenant Governor shall from time to time designate by Regulation. All costs related to this specification will be deemed to have been included in the appropriate tender items and no separate payment will be made therefore. 21) SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL: All existing materials along the line of construction deemed salvageable by the Engineer shall be delivered to the storage site designated by the Engineer. All other materials that, in the opinion of the Engineer, cannot be salvaged shall be disposed of outside the limits of the contract, as directed by the Engineer or at locations arranged for by the Contractor at his own expense. The Contractor will be responsible for all clean-up after construction to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IB-9 28) PERMIT FOR T AKING WATER IN EXCESS OF 50,000 LITRES PER DAY: Where the Contractor will require water in excess of 50,000 Iitres per day, a permit must be obtained as per The Ontario Water Resources Act. A permit may be obtained by making an application to the Ministry of the Environment. 29) HOT MIX PLANT - ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ACT: The attention ofthe Contractor is drawn to the Environmental Protection Act, RSO 1980, and regulations under this Act. Compliance with these regulations does not relieve the Contractor of contractual obligations as set out in the General Conditions, Section GC7.01. 30) RESTRICTIONS ON OPEN BURNING: Any open burning must be in conformity with local municipal by-laws, regulations pursuant to The Ontario Fire Code and the conditions noted below. Open burning which does not conform to these policies may be in contravention ofthe Environmental Protection Act, RSO 1990. I) The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for conducting open burning in accordance with the safety measures required by police and fire services and the Ministry of Natural Resources and other regulatory bodies having jurisdiction. 2) The Contractor shall inform the District Officer of the Regional Operations Division of the Ministry of Environment, one week in advance, of the date when burning will commence. 3) All open fires shall be limited as much as possible to daylight hours. 4) All open fires shall be attended at all times. 5) Open fires shall not be located within 150 m of any occupied dwelling. 6) No open fires shall be maintained when the wind is in such a direction as to cause a decrease in visibility on any highway. 7) Open fires shall not be started on days of adverse weather such as rain, fog, or other conditions that prevent the ready dispersion of smoke. During the fire season this condition may be exempted in the fire zone, provided there are no occupied dwellings within 600 m. 8) Materials to be burnt shall consist of wood wastes only and shall not be burnt in such a manner as to cause odour, excessive smoke or other material discomfort to nearby receptors. 9) Debris from open fires shall not be piled adjacent to or discharged into watercourses. 10) Open fires shall not be located between Sta. _ and Sta. _' Where open burning is prohibited or impractical in specific areas of this contract, brush and debris may, as an alternative to burning, be disposed of outside the right-of-way in a manner approved by the Engineer, so as not to be unsightly or potentially unsightly from any highway. The Contractor shall arrange for disposal areas at his own expense. 31) NIGHT, SUNDAY, AND HOLIDAY WORK: Night time or Sunday work shall not be permitted, except in the case of emergency, and then only with the written permission of the Engineer and to such extent as he/she may judge to be necessary. The Contractor shall, as far as possible, refrain from work on days which are legal holidays in Ontario. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 18-11 c) General: The Contractor shall be responsible for signing and it shall be as per the Ontario Traffic Manual for roadway work operations under OTM Book 7 (Temporary Conditions). As per Book 7, the Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan a minimum of one week prior to any necessary traffic control measures. A copy of this plan will be kept on file by the Owner. The Contractor will be responsible for maintaining proper signs, barricades, and lights at all points along the line of construction that may be hazardous. The Contractor will provide good vehicular access at all times, for all residents who presently have access along the line of construction. Where applicable, the Contractor shall supply an adequate number of flagmen/women to direct traffic at all times during construction as required by the Engineer. 36) COLD WEATHER CONCRETE: Unless otherwise specifically stated in the Special Provisions, the Contractor is to note that no additional payment will be made for heating of concrete or housing of structure and heating of the housing enclosure. 37) FALSE WORK: All falsework drawings shall bear the seal and signature of a Professional Engineer who is a member of or is licensed by the Association of Professional Engineers of Ontario. The drawings shall include the following information: The type of work and grade of all materials, including sills to be used in the falsework; Design loads on mud sills or other falsework supports; Horizontal forces imposed on the falsework and used for design purposes; Details of splices of supports for motorized finishing machines, and the like. The grades and stresses of all materials shall be in accordance with the Canadian Standards Association (C.S.A.) latest revisions to standards CAN 086.I-M and S269.1. The deflection of beams used for falsework shall be limited to 1/360 of the span. 38) EXCESS LOADING OF MOTOR VEHICLES: For the purpose of this contract, payment for weighed items is as follows: "Vehicles hauling material being measured for payment by weight will be paid for the actual amount of material hauled. This shall not be construed to mean that the Owner condones excess loading of motor vehicles and in no way permits the overloading of vehicles or absolves the Contractor from complying with the provisions of the Highway Traffic Act." 39) PROTECTION OF TREES: The Contractor's operations shall not cause damage to the trunk or branches of trees, or flooding or sediment deposits on areas where trees are not designated for removal. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I T-l FORM OF TENDER MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE KINCARDINE SOCCER FIELDS CONTRACT NO. 05130 Tender by Bomar Landscaping Inc. residing at P.O. Box 25078. Stone Road P.O. Guelph. ON NIG 4T4 a company duly incorporated under the laws of Ontario and having its head office at 254 Geddes Street. Elora. ON NOB 1 SO hereinafter called the "Bidder" To -- Municipality of Kincardine VWe Bomar Landscaping Inc. having carefully examined the locality and site of the proposed works and all contract documents relating thereto, including the Plans, Specifications, Drawings, Profiles, Form of Tender, Information to Bidders, General Conditions, Special Provisions, Form of Agreement, Form of Contract Bond and Addendum! Addenda Numbers 1 to 3* inclusive, hereby tender and offer in accordance therewith to enter into a contract within the prescribed time, to construct the said work in strict accordance with the contract documen.ts and such further detail drawings as may be supplied from time to time, and to furnish all labour, materials, tools, plant, matters and things necessary therefor, complete and ready for use within the time specified for the sum of Nine Hundred and Twenty-Four Thousand. Three Hundred and Four Dollars ----------------- 63 cents ( $ 924.304.63 ) or such other sum as is determined from the actual measured quantities at the unit prices set forth in the Tender. * The bidder will insert here the number of the Addenda received during the tendering period and taken into account when preparing the Tender. I T-2 I THE AFORESAID SUM IS MADE UP AS FOLLOWS: I SCHEDULE OF ITEMS AND PRICES I Item Spec. # Description Qty ./Unit Price Amount PART 1 - SIX JUNIOR PITCHES AND 3 PARKING LOTS I ROADWORK I 1 201, SP Clearing (trees all sizes) 1 L.S. 6,500.00 I 2 201, SP Grubbing (stumps all sizes) 1 L.S. 6,500.00 3 206,SP Earth excavation I a) Stripping 4,500 3 3.51 15,795.00 m 3 b) Earth cut 16,500 m 3.61 59,565.00 I 4 212,SP Earth - borrow (outside project limits) 19,000 t 3.00 57,000.00 I 5 501,506 Water for compaction (supplied by the 525 m3 3.00 1,575.00 Contractor) I 6 314,SP Granular "A" 5,000 t 10.00 50,000.00 I 7 408,SP Adjust existing maintenance hole 1 Ea. 1,000.00 1,000.00 I 8 570,SP Topsoil (from stockpile, 150 mm in depth) a) Screen topsoil, inc!. Fertilizer 30,000 2 1.08 32,400.00 m b) Place Topsoil 30,000 m2 0.75 22,500.00 I 9 572,SP Seeding, mulch and fertilizer a) Drill Seeding, incl. fertilizer 22,000 2 0.50 11,000.00 I m b) Hydro Seeding 8,000 2 0.50 4,000.00 m I 10 SP Supply and Install chain link fence (I.2m) 370 m 51.00 18,870.00 I 11 SP Supply and Install Boardwalk 80 m 300.00 24,000.00 12-13 N/A I Sub-Total Roadwork -- 310,705.00 I I T-3 I Item Spec. # Description Qty./U nit Price Amount I STORM SEWERS I 14 410,507, Supply, excavate for and place storm SP pipe sewers including bedding, native or granular backfill and restoration I a) 300 mm CL-3 concrete or equivalent 42 m 126.00 5,292.00 I 15 407,516, Supply, excavate for, place and SP backfill catch basins and/or twin inlet I catch basins, including frames and grates a) 600 mm x 600 mm (OPSD 705.010) 2 Ea. 2,600.00 5,200.00 I 16 405,SP Supply for and place 150 mm filter 940 m 20.00 18,800.00 I wrapped perforated subdrain including excavation I 17 421,SP Supply, excavate for, place and backfill CSP culverts I a) Size 700 mm dia min. thickness 2.0 mm 21 m 144.00 3,024.00 I 18 511, SP Handlaid rip rap, including non-woven 1 L.S. 300.00 geotextile I Sub-Total Storm Sewers -- 32,616.00 I SANITARY SEWERS 19 410,SP Supply, excavate for and place I sanitary sewer pipe including bedding and native backfill I a) 150 mm PVC SDR-28 467 m 126.00 58,842.00 b) 200 mm PVC SDR 35 63 m 130.00 8,190.00 I 20 407,516, Supply, excavate for, place and 6 Ea. 4,000.00 24,000.00 SP backfill 1200 mm precast maintenance I holes (OPSD 701.010) including benching, frame and cover I - I T-4 I Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount I 21 407,516 Supply and install Oil/Grit interceptor 1 L.S. 55,000.00 SP I 22 410, SP Sanitary sewer service cleanout 2 Ea. 800.00 1,600.00 I Sub-Total Sanitary Sewers -- 147,632.00 I WATERMAINS I 23 507, 701, Supply, excavate for, place watermain 702,SP including bedding, native backfill and restoration beyond the general I grading operations Trench Installation I a) 75mm dia. PVC DR18 20 m 110.00 2,200.00 b) 150mm dia. PVC DR18 110 m 120.00 13,200.00 I Directional Drill d) 150mm dia. PVC DR18 15 m 250.00 3,750.00 I 24 507, 701, Supply, excavate for, place and SP backfill ductile iron fittings, including I cathodic protection, mechanical thrust restraints, thrust blocking or anchoring I a) 150 mm dia. gate valve 3 Ea. 1,600.00 4,800.00 b) 150mm x 75mm Reducing Coupler 1 Ea. 500.00 500.00 I c) 300 x 300 x 150 mm tees (Provisional) 1 Ea. 600.00 600.00 d) 50 mm blowoff assembly, complete 1 Ea. 1,100.00 1,100.00 I e) 150x150x75mm tee 1 Ea. 500.00 500.00 f) 150x150x150mm tee 1 Ea. 500.00 500.00 g) 300x300x300x300 cross (Provisional) 1 Ea. 700.00 700.00 I h) 300x150mm Reducer 1 Ea. 550.00 550.00 i) Fire Hydrant 1 Ea. 5,500.00 5,500.00 I 25 507,SP Testing, flushing, swabbing and 1 L.S. 4,000.00 disinfection of watennains I Sub-Total Watermains-- 37,900.00 I I T-5 (Revised) I Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount I OTHER ITEMS I 26 SP Decommission Standpipes a) Steel pipe standpipe 1 L.S. 2,850.00 b) 50mm dia. PVC standpipe 1 L.S. 2,850.00 I 27 SP Backfill Sludge Pit 1 L.S. 500.00 I 28 SP Supply and Install Irrigation System a) Irrigation System 1 L.S. 71,001.00 I b) Control Centre Mount 1 L.S. 420.00 29 SP Supply and install flow meter, backflow I preventer and precast manholes Park Street Entrance I a) Flow meter, MH and appurtenances 1 L.S. 20,000.00 b) Backflow preventor, MH and 1 L.S. 20,000.00 appurtenances I Future Washrooms c) Flow meter, MH and appurtenances 1 L.S. 20,000.00 I d) Backflow preventor, MH & appurtenances 1 L.S. 20,000.00 30 601,603, Supply and install direct buried I SP Type 2 PVC conduit for wiring I Trench Installation a) 25mm dia 100 m 13.00 1,300.00 b) 75mm dia. (one conduit) 125 m 40.00 5,000.00 I c) 75mm dia. (three conduit) 130 m 51.00 6,630.00 Directional Drilling I d) 75mm dia. (one conduit) 15 m 55.00 825.00 e) 75mm dia. (three conduit) 15 m 130.00 1,950.00 I 31 577,SP Erosion control a) Silt Fence (OPSD 219.110) 300 m 7.00 2,100.00 I b) Straw Bale Flow Check (OPSD 219.180) 2 Ea. 500.00 1,000.00 Total Other Items-- 176,426.00 I Total Part 1 - 705,279.00 I I T-6 I Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount I PART 2 - SENIOR PITCH - PROVISIONAL I ROADWORK 1-2 N/A I 3 206,SP Earth excavation 2,300 m3 4.00 9,200.00 I 4 212,SP Earth - borrow (outside project limits) 4,000 t 3.00 12,000.00 I 5-7 N/A 8 570,SP Topsoil (from stockpile, 150 mm in depth) I a) Screen topsoil, incl. Fertilizer 10,750 m2 1.08 11,610.00 I b) Place Topsoil 10,750 m2 0.75 8,062.50 9 572,SP Seed, mulch and fertilizer I Drill Seeding, incl. fertilizer m2 a) 9,250 0.50 4,625.00 I b) Hydro Seeding 1,500 m2 0.50 750.00 10-11 N/A I 12 510, SP Remove and reinstall ex. chain link fence I a) Remove existing chain link fence, 170 m 11.00 1,870.00 incl uding posts I b) Remove barbed wire 225 m 3.00 675.00 c) Place chain link fence, including posts 98 m 35.00 3,430.00 I 13 510, SP Removal of concrete sidewalk and 815 2 11.00 8,965.00 m drives I Sub-Total Roadwork-- 61,187.50 I STORM SEWERS I 14-15 N/A I I T-7 I Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount I 16 405,SP Supply for and place 150 mm filter 325 m 10.00 3,250.00 wrapped perforated subdrain including I excavation 17-18 N/A I Sub-Total Storm Sewers -- 3,250.00 I SANITARY SEWERS I 19-22 N/A WATERMAINS I 23-25 N/A I OTHER ITEMS I 26-27 N/A 28 SP Supply and Install Irrigation System 1 L.S. 19,244.00 I 29 N/A I 30 601,603, Supply and install direct buried SP Type 2 PVC conduit for wiring to I field lighting a) 50mm dia 350 m 13.00 4,550.00 I 31 N/A I Total Other Items-- 23,794.00 I Total Part 2 - 88,231.50 I MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS- INCLUSIVE TO ALL PARTS 32 SP Cost of 100% Performance Bond 1 L.S. 500.00 I and cost of insurance I I T-8 I Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount I 33 SP Contingency Allowance 1 L.S. 50,000.00 I 34 SP Lump sum to cover all other 1 L.S. 12,500.00 requirements of the contract not specifically covered by or related to the I preceding items 35 SP Mobilization and demobilization at the 1 L.S. 5,000.00 I job site of offices, stores, conveniences, other temporary facilities, construction I plant and other items not required to form part of the permanent work and not covered by other items of the I Schedule ofItems and Prices 36 SP Supply, excavate for, and plant trees (Provisional) I 50 mm Caliper I a) Autumn Blaze 7 Ea. 395.00 2,765.00 b) Morgan Maple 7 Ea. 395.00 2,765.00 c) Sugar Maple 6 Ea. 395.00 2,370.00 I d) Green Ash 5 Ea. 340.00 1,700.00 Bare Root I e) Autumn Blaze (5' - 6') 7 Ea. 35.00 245.00 f) Morgan Maple (3' - 4') 7 Ea. 35.00 245.00 I g) Sugar Maple (3' - 4') 6 Ea. 35.00 210.00 h) Green Ash (3' - 4') 5 Ea. 35.00 175.00 I Total Miscellaneous Items-- 78,475.00 I Part 1 - Six Junior Pitches 705,279.00 Part 2 - Senior Pitch-Provisional 88,231.50 I Total Miscellaneous Items 78,475.00 TOT AL ALL PARTS -- 871,985.50 I 6% GST 52,319.13 I TOT AL TENDER 924,304.63 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I T-A ST ANDARD TENDER REQUIREMENTS I/We agree to complete the work within the time specified in the Infonnation to Bidders. I/We also agree that this Tender is subject to a fonnal contract being prepared and executed. I/We also agree that the Municipality shall have the option of: Deleting any Part or Parts shown in the Tender. In submitting this Tender for the work, the Tenderer further declares: (a) That no person, finn or corporation other than the one whose signature or seal is attached below, has any interest in this tender or in the contract proposed to be taken; (b) That this tender is made without any connection, knowledge, comparison of figures or arrangement with any other company, finn or person making a tender for the same work and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud; (c) That no member of the Municipal Councilor any officer of the Owner will become interested directly or indirectly as a contracting party without disclosing his interest and otherwise complying with "the Municipal Conflict of Interest Act, RSO 1990"; (d) That the offer shown in the Schedule of Items and Prices is to continue open to acceptance until the fonnal contract is executed by the successful Tenderer for the said work or until thirty (30) days after the tender closing date, whichever event occurs first and that the Owner may at any time within that period without notice, accept this tender whether any other tender had been previously accepted or not; (e) That if we, the undersigned, withdraw this tender before the Owner shall have considered the tenders and awarded the contract at any time within thirty (30) days after the tender closing date, the amount of the deposit accompanying this tender shall be forfeited to the Owner; (f) That the awarding by the Owner of the contract based on this tender shall be an acceptance of the tender; (g) The Tenderer solemnly declares that the several matters stated in the foregoing tender are in all respects true; T -A Parts.doc I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I T-B (h) That if this tender is accepted, we the undersigned agree to furnish an approved surety bond for the proper fulfilment of the contract and to execute the Agreement in triplicate within ten (10) days after being notified so to do. In the event of default or failure on our part to do so, we the undersigned agree that the Owner shall be at liberty to retain the money deposited by us to the use of the Owner, and to accept the next lowest or any tender or to advertise for new tenders or to carry out the works in any other way deemed best and we also agree to pay to the said Owner the difference between this tender and any greater sum which the Owner may expend or incur by reason of such default or failure, or by reason of such acting, as aforesaid, on their part including the cost of any advertising for new tenders and to indemnify and save harmless the said Owner and its officers from all loss, damage, cost, charges and expenses which they may suffer or be put to by reason of any such default or failure on our part. The "Agreement to Bond" of the Guarantee Company a company lawfully doing business in the Province of Ontario, to furnish a Performance Bond in the amount equal to 100% of the contract price, is enclosed herewith. A certified cheque for the sum of ( $ 60,000.00) is attached hereto. Sixty Thousand Dollars DATED AT Guelph this 11th day of July ,20 06. (Sif!ned) Signature of Witness (Sif!ned & Sealed) Signature of Bidder NOTE: If the tender is submitted by or on behalf of an incorporated company, it must be signed in the name of such company by the duly authorized officers and the seal of the corporation must be affixed. If the tender is submitted by or on behalf of an individual or a partnership, a seal must be affixed opposite the signature of the individual or the partner. T-B P Bond only.doc I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I STATEMENT RE: SUB-CONTRACTORS The following is a list of Sub-Contractors or Sub-Trades intended to be used in the execution of the contract showing the portion of the work to be allotted to each. ITEM I. Earth Moving 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. II. 12. SUB-CONTRACTOR'S NAME AND ADDRESS Hamilton Construction, Collingwood F:\wp\Contracts\F orms\Sub-Contractors.doc I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AGREEMENT TO BOND ** Date: ,20_ CONTRACT NO. TO: Dear Sirs: RE: In consideration of (hereinafter referred to as "the Owner") accepting the tender of and executing an Agreement with: (hereinafter referred to as "the Tenderer") for the construction of subject to the express conditions that the Owner receive the Performance Bond in accordance with the said tender, we the undersigned hereby agree with the Owner to become bound to the Owner as surety for the Tenderer in a Performance Bond in an amount equal to 100% of the contract price or other such greater amount as may be determined by the Owner, in the form of Performance Bond provided and in accordance with the said tender, and we agree to furnish the Owner with said Bonds within seven (7) days after notification of the acceptance of the said tender and execution of the said Agreement by the Owner has been mailed to us. Yours very truly, (Seal) NOTE: This Agreement to Bond must be executed on behalf of the Surety Company by its authorized officers under the company's corporate seal. Of the two forms bound herein, one shall become a part of the tender and the other shall be retained by the Surety Company. ** Enter the name and address of the Surety Company at the top of the page. F:\wp\Contracts\Forms\AgToBond-l bond.doc I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No. Project No. Amount $ Contract No. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we hereinafter called "the Principal" and hereinafter called "the Surety", are jointly and severally held and firmly bound unto hereinafter called "the Obligee" its successors and assigns, in the sum of Dollars ($ ) of lawful money of Canada, to be paid unto the Obligee, for which payment well and truly to be made we the Principal and Surety jointly and severally bind ourselves, our and each of our respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns by these presents. SIGNED AND SEALED with our respective seals and dated this 20 day of WHEREAS by an agreement in writing dated the day of 20_, the Principal has entered into a contract with the Obligee, hereinafter called "the Contract", for the construction, alteration, repair or maintenance of a public work, namely as in the Contract provided, which Contract is by reference herein made a part hereof as fully to all intents and purposes as though recited in full herein. NOW THEREFORE THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Principal shall at all times duly perform and observe the Contract including all the terms and conditions thereof, to the satisfaction of the Obligee and shall at all times fully indemnify and keep indemnified the Obligee from and against all and any manner of loss, damage, expense, suits, actions, claims, liens, proceedings, demands, awards, payments and liabilities arising out of or in any manner based upon or attributable to the Contract and shall fully reimburse and repay the Obligee for all outlay, expense, liabilities, or payments incurred or undertaken to be made by the Obligee pursuant to the Contract, then this obligation shall be void, but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Perfonnance Bond Page 2 Provided further and it is hereby agreed and declared that there shall be no liability under this instrument of the Principal and Surety for payment of any claims for labour, material or services used or reasonably required for use in the perfonnance of the Contract to the extent the amount of such claims is paid pursuant to a Labour and Materials Payment Bond. Provided always and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Obligee and the Principal have the right to change, alter and vary the tenns of the Contract and that the Obligee may in its discretion at any time or times take and receive from the Principal any security whatsoever and grant any extension of time thereon or on any liability of the Principal to the Obligee. Provided further and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Principal and the Surety shall not be discharged or released from liability hereunder and that such liability shall not be in any way affected by any such changes, alterations, or variations, taking or receiving of security, or extension of time, as aforesaid, or by the exercise by the Obligee of any of the rights or power reserved to it under the Contract or by its forbearance of exercise any such rights or powers, including (but without restricting the generality of the foregoing) any changes in the extent or nature of the works to be constructed, altered, repaired or maintained under the Contract, or by any dealing, transaction, forbearance or forgiveness which may take place between the Principal and the Obligee. Provided further and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Surety shall not be liable for a greater sum than that specified in this bond. In Witness Whereof the Principal and the Surety have executed these presents. SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE PRINCIPAL ) ) Per: In the presence of: ) ) Per: ) Principal Witness ) ) Occupation ) ) Address ) Surety F:\wp\Contracts\Fonns\Perfonnance Bond.doc I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SCHEDULE OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, GENERAL CONDITIONS & STANDARDS The work specified in this contract will be performed in strict accordance with the following plans, specifications, General Conditions, standards, etc. for the Kincardine Soccer Fields, Contract No. 05130. A. SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Pages SP-1 to SP-64 B. PLANS - Drawing Nos. 1-8 C. INFORMATION TO BIDDERS - Pages IB-1 to IB-12 D. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS Ontario Provincial Standard Specification Numbers shall apply to this contract mutatis mutandis. Only the most recent specifications shall apply to this contract. 201 405 501 570 701 206 407 507 572 702 212 408 510 601 314 410 511 603 421 516 E. STANDARD DRAWINGS 219.110 400.110 701.010 802.010 1103.010 BMROSS 219.180 401.010 701.021 802.013 1103.020 1000 401.030 705.010 802.014 1105.010 1102 810.010 1109.011 1006.020 2101.01 F. FORM OF TENDER G. SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS - SGC-l H. GENERAL CONDITIONS - Ontario Provincial Standards (September 1999) I. AGREEMENT J. PERFORMANCE BOND K. CONTRACT RELEASE L. STATUTORY DECLARATION RE PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS M. STATUTORY DECLARATION RE LIENS AND LIABILITIES 1- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SPECIAL PROVISIONS I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I INDEX TO SPECIAL PROVISIONS General.............................................................................................................. ......................... SP-l Disposal of Surplus Materials ....... ...... ......................................................... SP-l Traffic Control............................................ ................................................. SP-l Restoration............................................... .............................................. ...... SP-2 Co-ordination of Work by Others .................................... ................ ............ SP-3 Access to Baseball Diamond ....................................................................... SP-3 Stockpiling of Materials....................................... ........................................ SP-3 Item No.1 Item No.2 Item No.3 Item No.4 Item No.6 Item No. 7 Item No.8 Item No.9 Item No.1 0 Item No. 11 Item No. 12 Item No. 13 Item No. 14 Item No. 15 Item No. 16 Item No. 17 Item No. 18 Clearing (Trees All Sizes) ................ .......................... .................................. SP-3 Grubbing (Stumps All Sizes) ..................... ................................... ............... SP-4 Earth Excavation........................................... ................................ ............... SP-4 Earth Borrow (Outside of Project Limits) ................................................... SP-5 Granular "A" ......................................................................................... ....... SP-6 Adjust Existing Maintenance Holes............................................................. SP-6 Topsoil (from Stockpile)............ ...... ...................................... ...................... SP-6 Seed and Mulch............................................. ............................................... SP-8 Supply and Install Chain Link Fencing ..................................................... SP-16 Construct Timber Boardwalk..................................................................... SP-22 Remove and Re-install Chain Link Fence ................................................. SP-22 Removal of Concrete Pads.............................................. ........................... SP-22 SupplYt Excavate fort Place and Backfill Storm Pipe Sewers ...................SP-22 SupplYt Excavate fort Place and Backfill 600 nun x 600 mm Catch Basins (705.010), Including Frame and Grates ...............................SP-24 Supply for and Place 150 nun Filter Wrapped Perforated Subdrain Including Excavation ........................................................... ....... SP- 25 SupplYt Excavate for and Place C.S.P. Culverts........................................SP-25 Handlaid Rip Rap Including Non-Woven Geotextile ................................ SP-26 Index to Special Provisions (cont'd) Item No. 19 Item No. 20 Item No. 21 Item No. 22 Item Nos. 23 & 24 Item No. 25 Item No. 26 Item No. 27 Item No. 28 Item No. 29 Item No. 30 Item No. 31 Item No. 32 Item No. 33 Item No. 34 Item No. 35 Item No. 36 Sanitary Sewer Pipe ....... ............ ....... ...................... ............. ............. ......... SP-26 Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill 1200 mm Precast Maintenance Holes, OPSD 701.010 .............................................. SP-28 Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill 1200 mm Precast Oil/Grit Interceptor.. ....... ......................... '" .... ...... ......................... SP-28 Sanitary Sewer Service Cleanout... ....................... ............ ......................... SP-29 Watermain Installation............................................................................... SP-29 Testing, Flushing, Swabbing and Disinfection of Watermains .................SP-35 Decommission the Standpipe............ ............. ................ ............. ...... ......... SP-3 8 Backfilling of Sludge Pit......... ....... ...... ................ ............. ....... ...... ............ SP-38 Supply and Install Irrigation System.... .................... ......... .................... ..... SP-39 Supply and Install Flow Meter, Backflow Preventer, and Precast Manholes....................................................................................... SP-52 Supply and Install Direct Buried Type 2 PVC Conduit for Wiring to Street Lighting ............................. ............ ............................ SP-55 Erosion Control........ .................................................................................. SP-5 5 Bonding and Insurance ............................ .......... ......... ............. .................. SP-55 Contingencies............................................................................................. SP-5 5 Lump Sum for Other Requirements...........................................................SP-56 Mobilization and Demobilization .................................. .......... ....... ........... SP-56 Supply, Excavate for, and Plant Trees (Provisional) .................................SP-57 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-I GENERAL DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS MATERIALS All excavated material shall become the property of the Contractor, and the Contractor's unit price bid for the item shall include the cost of loading, hauling, dumping and levelling the material as directed by the Engineer. I. Earth material shall be disposed of by the Contractor, outside the contract limits. 2. Asphalt shall be disposed of by the Contractor, at an approved site outside the contract limits. 3. Concrete shall be disposed of by the Contractor outside the contract limits. TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall include the cost of traffic control within the appropriate tender items and in accordance with OPSS 543. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a traffic plan to the Project Engineer for review and acceptance. General In addition to the requirements in the Information to Bidders for Contractors to control traffic and provide signage, in accordance with the Ontario Traffic Manual Book 7 and the Ministry of Transportation Temporary Conditions Manual (March 2001), the following conditions will apply: . At all times of construction, a minimum of one lane for traffic shall be open and maintained using appropriate traffic control measures and signage. . At the end of each working day, two lane traffic, controlled by barricades, delineators, etc., shall be maintained. Entrances to commercial establishments shall be maintained. Restrictions on Construction Operations Construction operations adversely affecting public traffic and the loading or unloading of materials and construction equipment onto and from the travelled portion of the road shall not be carried out during the following periods: . 4:00 p.m. Friday to 7:00 a.m. Monday, for normal weekends . All Canadian statutory holidays. SP-2 RESTORATION When noted in the Form of Tender or identified in the Special Provision, the unit price bid for the appropriate item(s) shall include complete restoration. All restoration shall be as noted below in the General Restoration Requirements. Restoration Bevond the Limits of General Grading Operations When noted in the Form of Tender or identified in the Special Provisions, the unit price bid for the appropriate item(s) shall include restoration beyond the general grading operations. Contract items are provided for the restoration of work within the general grading operations. Restoration of areas beyond the general grading operations shall be included in the unit price of the item. Areas beyond the general grading operations include, but are not limited to, stockpile locations, areas disturbed by equipment or material storage sites or service connections. All restoration shall be as noted below in the General Restoration Requirements. General Restoration Requirements All restoration shall be in accordance with OPSS 507 and the following: (a) Lawn Areas -- 100 mm of approved topsoil levelled and graded to conform to the existing ground, followed by nursery sod approved by the Engineer. (b) Non-lawn. Non-roadway areas -- 100 mm of approved topsoil levelled and graded to conform to the existing ground, followed by an approved seed and mulch application. (c) Where existing roadway/driveway is paved -- 300 mm minimum of Granular "B", 150 mm of Granular "A", and 50 mm ofHL-3 in driveways, or 2-40 mm lifts ofHL-4 minimum in roadways or to match the depth of existing asphalt. Where 2 or more lifts of asphalt are required against existing pavement, a stepped joint shall be prepared by removing 0.5 m wide by the depth of the existing surface course prior to paving. (d) Where existing roadway/driveway is gravel-- 300 mm of Granular "B"; and 150 mm of Granular "A". (e) Where existing driveway is concrete -- 300 mm minimum of Granular "B" and 150 mm of Granular "A"; for residential drives -- 150 mm of 30 MPa concrete with crushed limestone; and for commercial drives -- 200 mm of 30 MPa concrete with crushed limestone. (f) Where existing driveway is brick or unit pavers - 300 mm minimum of Granular "B" and 150 rom of Granular "A" and 25 mm to 38 mm of limestone screening and match existing patterns. (g) All disturbed or damaged concrete structures, such as sidewalks, curbs and gutter, etc., shall be removed and replaced. (h) Prior to the expiration of the maintenance holdback, the contractor shall repair all settlements. Settlements of lawns, non-lawns or non-roadway areas shall be restored by applying sufficient topsoil to the settled area followed by an application of approved seed and mulch. Asphalt settlements shall be restored by milling the deficient area followed by the placement Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA). All repairs shall be in accordance with OPSS 570, OPSS 572, and OPSS 310. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I. I I I I I I I SP-3 NOTE . In (a) and (b) above, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure a catch of grass at the termination of the contract. . All asphalt surfaces shall be saw-cut prior to resurfacing. . All concrete structures shall be saw-cut prior to replacement. CO-ORDINATION OF WORK BY OTHERS The Contractor will coordinate his work with local utility companies for the installation of new underground ducts. When it is impossible to be working in the area at the same time, a barrier will have to be maintained to have separation in time and space between the contractor and the utility company. Where necessary, the contractor shall move the operation to another part of the contract and give the utility sufficient time to complete any work deemed necessary at that time during the contract. ACCESS TO BASEBALL DIAMOND Access to the baseball diamond shall be coordinated with the Municipal Recreational Department. Weekday access shall be restored upon completion of the daily construction activities as required and weekend access shall be restored throughout the duration of the contract. A baseball tournament has been booked for the weekend of July 28,29 and 30. Access must be provided for this weekend. STOCK PILING OF MATERIALS The Contractor shall submit a plan detailing stockpile locations. The environmental sensitivity of the Stewart Drain area and other low lying areas need to be addressed. Should the Contractor choose to pile material close to these areas, the Contractor will be responsible to install silt fencing for protection. ITEM NO.1 CLEARING (TREES ALL SIZES) For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall cut down and remove each tree, including all wood, branches, or debris. The wood shall be disposed of by the Contractor at his own expense or at a place apDroved by the EnlZineer at the time of construction. The Contractor shall be resDonsible for damage to all underlZfound utilities. adjacent property. persons. etc. and shall make restitution for such damage to the satisfaction of the Engineer. This item shall apply to all trees shown for removal on the plans or designated at the time of construction. OPSS 201 will not apply to the size of the trees. SP-4 ITEM NO.2 GRUBBING (STUMPS ALL SIZES) For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall completely remove all stumps and roots designated on the plans or directed by the Engineer at the time of construction. The Contractor shall dispose of all stumps and debris at a site arranged by him at his own expense and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to all underground utilities, sidewalks, adjacent property, persons, etc. and shall make restitution for such damage to the satisfaction of the Engineer. OPSS 201 will not apply to the size of stumps. ITEM NO.3 EARTH EXCA VA TION For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall excavate to the required line and grade including the cutting of ditches and relocating of suitable material as fill. All excavated material not suitable for fill, shall be disposed off as outlined in the General SP Disposal of Excess Materials. The unit price bid shall include the removal and disposal of asphalt, concrete, stumps and any other minor structures encountered during the course of construction if not included as a separate item in the contract. The Contractor may be required to salvage existing granular material to be used as granular backfill for the fields and placed as directed by the Engineer. For tendering, the volumes of materials listed below were calculated from the cross sections. The average end area calculations, the following volumes were calculated: Six Junior Soccer Pitches and Three parking lots a) Topsoil Stripping ............................4,500 m3 b) Earth Cut....................................... 16,500 m3 c) Earth Fill....................................... 13,800 m3 Senior Pitch d) Earth Cut ......................................... 2,300 m3 e) Earth Fill......................................... 2,300 m3 From these values and considering an amount of unsuitable material, it is anticipated that an additional 8,000 m3 (19,000 t) will be required for the Junior pitches and 1,500 m3 (4,000 t) of borrow will be required for the Senior pitch. Item 4 will be used to address the additional material required to construct the fields. The above mentioned quantities are only for information purposes and the actual quantity of suitable fill material is dependent on subsurface conditions, weather and the Contractor's methods of operations. Only the Engineer shall determine if excavated material is suitable for road fill. Material deemed, by the Engineer, to be suitable for the construction of the fields must be used as such and shall not be hauled off-site. Unsuitable fill material shall be disposed of as outlined in the General SP - Disposal of Excess I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 I I 1 I I I' I 1 I 1 I I I I I SP-5 Materials. Excavated material used as fill shall be paid for only under this item including hauling, grading and compacting and such material will not be included in tender Item 4. Payment for this work will be paid as earth excavation per cubic metre based on theoretical calculated end areas for the soccer field and parking lot excavation. The Contractor shall give the local utility sufficient time after or during the excavation to do any work necessary regarding utilities. Westario Power Inc. will be on site to relocate the overhead power to the lagoon control building. ITEM NO.4 EARTH BORROW (OUTSIDE OF PROJECT LIMITS) For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour equipment and material to place, fine grade and compact the fine aggregate required for this item. The Contractor shall be required to build the soccer pitches to conform to the proposed grading plan as shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer shall set the field grades and the Engineer shall provide grade sheets and cross sections for every 10m. The fill material shall be a suitable fine aggregate for building soccer pitches and be free from topsoil, stones over 25 mm in diameter and organic material. The material shall be deposited and spread in uniform layers of not more than 200 mm in depth for the full width of the fields and/or parking areas and be true to the proposed cross-section. The layers shall be kept level by the use of road graders, bulldozers or other approved devices. The Contractor shall bench all existing embankment fill slopes in accordance with OPSD 208.010, where directed by the Engineer. No additional payment shall be made for excavation of the benching or compaction of the material in the embankment fill. If the moisture content of the material is not suitable, sufficient water, as directed by the Engineer, shall be uniformly added. The material in each and every layer shall be thoroughly compacted to the satisfaction of the Engineer by the use of approved compaction equipment. The degree of compaction shall be a minimum of98% of the maximum density. Borrow material shall be obtained off-site. The off-site source for the borrow material shall be approved by the Engineer with a sieve analysis being performed. The sieve analysis shall be submitted to the Engineer for review 7 days prior to first hauling. The cost of testing the borrow material shall be borne by the Contractor. Payment for borrow shall at the tendered unit price per tonne. Note that material used from the excavated material of tender Item No.3 and placed as fill shall not be paid for under this item. SP-6 ITEM NO.6 GRANULAR" A" For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply to the site, place, fine grade and compact Granular "A" materials required for roadbed, driveways, and granular pathway, which are applicable to this contract. All other Granular "A" materials required shall be included in the unit prices bid for those items where material is required. ITEM NO.7 ADJUST EXISTING MAINTENANCE HOLES For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to adjust the designated maintenance holes or catch basins to the grade established by the Engineer at the time of construction as well as to replace the existing frame and grate. The frames and grates shall be adjusted by removing or placing additional precast concrete adjustment units. The precast adjustment units will be grouted into place by means of an approved mortar mix and shall be parged inside and outside with 12 mm thick mortar coat. All work shall be carried out to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Adjustment The adjustment of maintenance holes and catch basins will apply where the tops are to be raised or lowered by 600 mm or less using adjustment units. Supply and Place Maintenance Hole Frame and Grate The Contractor shall replace the existing maintenance hole frame and grate with a new frame and grate as per OPSD 401.010 as designated on the drawings or by the Engineer at the time of construction. All existing frames and grates removed, where applicable, are the property of the Owner and shall be delivered to the Owner's yard at the Contractor's expense. ITEM NO.8 TOPSOIL (FROM STOCKPILE) For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall fine grade to a uniform surface the areas to be topsoiled as indicated on the contract drawings or as designated by the Engineer at the time of construction. The topsoil shall be from the on-site stockpile from stripping operations and from on-site stockpile. The Contractor shall uniformly spread the topsoil to a depth of not less than 150 mm. The cost of fine grading, placing from stockpile, and raking the topsoil shall be included in the unit price bid. Screening The unit price bid shall include all labour, equipment and material required to screen the topsoil prior to placing. A 6 mm dia. sieve to be used for the screening process. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-7 PLA YFIELD SOIL -- GENERAL Description Construct Soccer Fields surfacing using topsoil which has been stripped and stockpiled on the construction site. All topsoil shall be sifted with an approved mechanical sifting machine. During the sifting process, recommended additives shall be incorporated into the sifting process in such a way as to bring the field area soil mix into a percentage of organic matter of 40..10 of better. This would require adding up to 2% by volume of decomposed organic matter during the sifting process. It is also recommended to add the following nutrient supplements evenly during the sifting and mixing process: Recommended Establishment Treatment bv A & L Canada Laboratories. Inc. N 70 2 P K 140 250 4 6 Mg Zn 30 4 I B lb per acre per 1000 sq. ft. This treatment should be applied during the sifting and mixing process. If even distribution cannot be achieved during the sifting process then this treatment should be broadcast and worked into the soil prior to drill seeding. The nitrogen application should be split, 50 pounds per acre now (1.5 pound per thousand square feet) and 20 to 30 pounds top dressed after the grass has emerged. Heavier or more applications may be required in weak areas. Recommended Future Maintenance Treatment of the for the soccer field sod is outlined in the soils report by A & L Canada Laboratories. Inc. Quality Assurance Ensure an equal distribution of additives at time of sifting and mixing. Apply the soil mix over the approved graded soccer field sub-grade at an evenly distributed layer of 150mm (6") over the entire field areas. The Playfield Soil Mix When additional topsoil has to be imported to the site, only approved imported topsoil shall be accepted. The imported topsoil shall have a classification of "Sandy Topsoil" with an organic matter of makeup of 4% or better. Pre-mixed and imported Playfield Soil Mix will meet or exceed the following requirements: A. I. The pH range shall be from 5.5 to 7.5. 2. The Soil Structure shall be loose, friable, and not subject to consolidation or compaction. 3. The soil mix shall be relatively free of soil-borne plant pathogens. 4. Minimal weed seed shall be present. 5. Non-soil components shall be less than 1 % by volume (i.e. plastic, sticks, glass, etc.). SP-8 B. Organic Amendment (Compost): The Organic Amendment shall consist a low ph Peat or 100% decomposed organic mulch material, and shall consist of yard waste debris or other organic waste materials that have been sorted, ground up, aerated and aged and shall be fully composted, stable and mature (non-aerobic). The compo sting process shall be for at least six months time and the organic amendment shall have a uniform dark, soil-like appearance and consist of 100% recycled content. C. The Final Playfield Soil Mix shall contain sufficient quantities of available nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium, calcium, magnesium, sulfate, copper, zinc, manganese, iron, and boron to support normal plant growth. In the event of nutrient inadequacies as outlined in a soils report, provisions shall be made to add required materials as recommended by the soils company prior to seeding. D. The Contractor shall submit soil analysis results of imported soil material obtained from a soils testing laboratory. Indicate source of imported soil and obtain the Engineer's approval before hauling to site (an analysis test of a 5 pound bag sample is required). EXECUTION Application A. The sub-grade shall be graded to lines and levels indicated on the plans and in the documents. Amended topsoil shall be applied at a depth of 150 mm (6") evenly spread over the entire field. Topsoil shall be applied in such a way as to minimize compaction to the topsoil layer. Topsoil is to be prepared with a "Grade Maker" to prevent excessive compaction. Do not use heavy equipment such as road graders. B. When installation of irrigation is complete, repair and blend damaged areas. C. Apply starter fertilizer only to those areas where soil has not been premixed and amended as per above. ITEM NO.9 SEED AND MULCH For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to drill seed and hydro seed the playing fields. The Contractor to warrantee his work until June 1,2007. A) DRILL SEEDING GENERAL Description Provide seeded turf as shown and specified. The work includes: I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I.,' ,. I""' ~ I I I I I I I I SP-9 1. Fertilizing 2. Drill seeded turf grass seed mix 3. Maintenance Quality Assurance All construction shall be in accordance with Standard Specifications and Plans. Seed shall be furnished in containers that show the following information: seed name, lot number, net weight, percentage of purity, germination, weed seed and inert material. Seed that has become wet, mouldy, or otherwise damaged will not be accepted Submittals Submit seed vendor's certification for required grass seed mixture, indicating percentage by weight and percentages of purity, germination and weed seed for each grass species. Delivery, Storage and Handling Deliver seed and fertilizer materials in original unopened containers showing weight, analysis, and name of manufacturer. Store seed in such a manner that will prevent wetting and deterioration. Project Conditions Restrict traffic from lawn areas until grass is established. Erect signs and fencing as required. Fencing to remain in place until grass is established. Warranty Provide a uniform stand of grass. Re-seed areas, which fail to provide a uniform stand of grass with, specified materials until all affected areas are accepted by the Engineer. PRODUCTS Seed A. Description: Seed shall be as follows. All seed varieties shall be certified seed, in separate packages, to be approved prior to mixing. Seed shall be packed in clean, sound containers of uniform weight. Seed shall also be: 1. Minimum pure seed percent - 98 2. Minimum germination percent - 80 3. Maximum weed seed percent - 0.5 SP-I0 B. Seed drilling requirements shall be applied to the play field surfaces. Other fringe areas may be hydro seeded. Two Options are specified. "Option One" will be for the play field surfaces only where there will be appropriate irrigation and maintenance program. "Option Two' will be for areas not being irrigated but require seeding. C. Option One 25% Goldrush Kentucky Bluegrass 25% Minnfine Kentucky Bluegrass 30% Aaberdean Creeping Red Fescue 20% Goalkeeper Perennial Ryegrass 100% Seeding Rate @ 220 Ibs. per acre Option Two: 25% Millenium Tall Fescue 25% Coronado Gold Tall Fescue 15% Accent Perennial Ryegrass 12% Goalkeeper Perennial Ryegrass 10% Goldrush Kentucky Bluegrass 3% Annual Ryegrass 100% Seeding Rate @ 300lb. per acre Fertilizers Recommended Establishment Treatment bv A & L Canada Laboratories. Inc. N 70 2 P K 140 250 4 6 Mg Zn 30 4 1 B Ib per acre per 1000 sq, ft. This treatment should be applied during the sifting and mixing process. If even distribution cannot be achieved during the sifting process then this treatment should be broadcast and worked into the soil prior to drill seeding. The nitrogen application should be split, 50 pounds per acre now (1.5 pound per thousand square feet) and 20 to 30 pounds top dressed after the grass has emerged. Heavier or more applications may be required in weak areas. Maintenance Fertilizer Recommended Future Maintenance for Sod bv A & L Canada Laboratories. Inc. N P K 190 140 300 5 4 6 Mg Zn 30 4 1 B Ib per acre per 1000 sq, ft. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-ll Split the Nitrogen and Potash application of the maintenance program into four to six equal treatments and spread these over the growing season. Suggested times of application are early spring, late May, early July and early September. This program should be followed for 2-3 years and then the soil re-tested to design a new program. This maintenance program is a long-term program and a soil test should be taken every two years to re-evaluate the fertility status. The program is also designed for developing a good stand of turf over a period of time. If turf is to be used as cover only, after establishment the maintenance program could be reduced to save expense. Municipality to be advised that after Contractor's one year maintenance period, this program is to be followed. Hydromulch Mulch shall be wood cellulose fibre containing no growth or germination inhibiting substances. Mulch shall be died green to facilitate placement. EXECUTION Inspection Examine all finished surfaces. Do not start seeding work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Playfield Soil A. See Item No.8 - Playfield Soil, for amendments and the placement of Playfield Soil. B. Prepare Playfield Soil to eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Maintain lines and grades as shown on the Drawings. C. Remove foreign materials and undesirable plants and their roots. Do not bury foreign material beneath areas to be seeded. Remove contaminated subsoil. Do not use heavy equipment to fine grade to avoid compaction. D. Loosen area to a depth of 100 mm (4"), dampen thoroughly, and cultivate to properly break up clods and lumps. E. After cultivation, rake area to remove clods, rocks, weeds, roots, and debris. Perform grading and shaping refinements to bring surface to true uniform planes free from irregularities using a "Grade Maker". Provide drainage and proper slopes to designated areas. SP-12 Starter Fertilizer Apply starter fertilizer only to those areas where soil has not been premixed and amended with the fertilizer mix recommended by the soils report. See soil report by A & L Canada Laboratories, Inc. Drill Seeding A. Grass seed mixes shall be spread at the rate specified under Products (Seed Options). Apply grass seed using 'Brillion' (or, approved equal) drill seeding equipment. Seed shall be drilled in 2 passes with half the seed being sown at right angles to the first drilling. Roll entire seeded area for firm even finish grade. B. Seeding shall not be done during windy weather (above 25 mph) or when the ground is overly wet (saturated) or frozen. Contractor shall give the Owner 48 hours notice of seeding operations. Seeding, fertilizing, and mulching of prepared areas shall be performed during the following time frames: 1. Seeding shall be done from April 1 to June 15 or from September 1 to October 31. 2. No seeding shall be done before or after these dates without the Engineer's written approval. No seeding shall be done on weekends or legal holidays without written approval of the Engineer. 3. Application of pre-germinated seed, moisture retention agents and/or provision for supplemental watering may be required by the Engineer should the Contractor schedule this portion of the Work outside the time frames listed in item 1 immediately above. 4. All areas that are partially completed to grade, shall be prepared and seeded during the first available planting period and shall not be allowed to sit idle for long periods of time without receiving the erosion control specified in the Contract. 5. When environmental conditions are not conducive to acceptable results from seeding operations, the Engineer may order the Work suspended, and it shall be resumed only when the desired results are likely to be obtained. Mulching Apply hydro mulch evenly over newly seeded area at a rate of 50 pounds per 1000 sq.ft. Irrigation Irrigate newly seeded lawn as required with the automatic irrigation system if available. If automatic irrigation is not available the Contractor shall provide other means of irrigating the seeded areas until established and accepted by the Engineer. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-13 Maintenance A. Maintain seeded areas until grass is well established and exhibits a vigorous growing condition. B. Maintenance shall include protection, watering, maintenance fertilizing and at least two mowings. C. Grass clippings shall be removed from the site if there is a danger of inhibiting turf growth. Maintenance Fertilizer Approximately 30 days after seeding, when turf is well established and growing vigorously, incorporate maintenance fertilizer into the turf with mechanical drop seeder/fertilizer at the rate specified above. Acceptance A. Inspection to determine acceptance of seeded areas will be made by the Engineer upon Contractor's request. Provide notification at least ten (10) working days before requested inspection date. Seeded areas will be accepted as meeting the requirements of Substantial Completion, provided all requirements including maintenance, have been complied with and grass is well established and exhibits a vigorous growing condition. B. The Contractor to warrantee his work until June 1, 2007 for this item. Cleaning Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. Remove all excess materials, soil, debris, and equipment from the site. Repair any and all damage resulting from seeding operations. B) HYDRO SEEDING GENERAL This specification covers the requirements for seeding and mulching of areas other than soccer fields. PRODUCTS Primary Seed Primary seed shall be Canada No.1 seed. Bags shall bear the seed supplier's label indicating the content by species, grade and mass. SP-14 Primary seed Option 2 shall be a mixture of the following: 25% Millenium Tall Fescue 25% Coronado Gold Tall Fescue 15% Accent Perennial Ryegrass 12% Goalkeeper Perennial Ryegrass 10% Goldrush Kentucky Bluegrass 3% Annual Ryegrass 100% Seeding Rate @ 300lb. per acre Fertilizer Fertilizer shall be in granular form, be dry, free flowing and free from lumps, and shall be in bags bearing the manufacturer's label indicating mass and analysis. Hydraulic Mulch Hydraulic mulch shall be capable of dispersing rapidly in water to form a homogeneous slurry and remaining in such state when agitated or mixed with other specified materials. When applied, hydraulic mulch shall be capable of forming an absorptive mat, which will allow moisture to percolate into the underlying soil. It shall contain no growth or germination inhibiting factors. The mulch shall be dry, be free of weeds and other foreign materials and shall be supplied in packages bearing the manufacturer's label indicating mass and product name. Equipment Hydraulic SeederlMulcher Seed, fertilizer, hydraulic mulch and temporary cover adhesives shall be applied, as described in this specification, via an acceptable hydraulic seeder/mulcher. Construction Surface Preparation Before applying seed, fertilizer and either mulch or erosion control blanket, and before applying temporary cover, areas designated for these operations shall have been topsoiled, if specified, conforming to OPSS 570. The soil surface of areas designated for seeding and mulching and for seeding and erosion control blanket shall be fine graded with a "Grade Maker" to a uniform surface. The surface shall be loosened to a minimum depth of 25 mm and shall be rendered uniformly loose for that 25 mm depth. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-15 1l1e surface shall be fine in nature (particle size of 5 to 10 mm), with no irregularities extending more than 25 mm above the soil surface. Surface stones greater than 50 mm in diameter, weeds, other unwanted vegetation, and other loose surface litter shall be removed and disposed of as specified elsewhere in the contract. Application of Materials via the Hydraulic SeederlMulcher The quantity of each material to be charged into the hydraulic seeder/mulcher tank shall be measured either by mass or by a system of mass-calibrated volume measurements. The materials shall be added to the tank while it is being loaded with water. The materials shall be thoroughly mixed into a homogeneous water slurry and shall be distributed uniformly over the designated surface area via the hydraulic seeder/mulcher. Seed, fertilizer, and where applicable, hydraulic mulch and temporary cover adhesive shall be applied within two hours of being charged into the hydraulic seeder/mulcher tank. Seeding and Mulching Seeding and mulching shall utilize a hydraulic. mulch. During loading of the hydraulic seeder/mulcher tank, materials shall be added in the following sequence: seed, then fertilizer, then hydraulic mulch. Surface preparation shall conform to 2:5:1 . In each area designated for seeding and mulching, the soil surface shall be prepared not more than 21 days before the seeding and mulching operation. Seeding and Hydraulic Mulching Seeding and mulching with hydraulic mulch shall be a one-step process in which seed, fertilizer and hydraulic mulch are applied simultaneously in a water slurry via the hydraulic seeder/mulcher. Clean-up Any seed and mulch sprayed on objects not expected to grow grass, excluding stones, shall be cleaned of any seed and mulch materials when directed by the Landscape Architect. Operational Constraints Seeding and mulching, or temporary cover operations shall not be carried out under adverse conditions of high wind, frozen ground or ground covered with snow, ice or standing water. SP-16 Temporary Cover Measurement shall be in square metres, following the contours of the ground. Payment at the contract price for the above item(s) shall be full compensation for all labour, equipment and material to do the work. Payment will not be made for temporary cover applied in place of seeding and mulching as optional treatment for final acceptance. ITEM NO. 10 SUPPLY AND INSTALL CHAIN LINK FENCING GENERAL Description Furnish all labour, materials, and equipment required to install the chain link fencing and gate(s) system as indicated on the drawings and/or specified herein. Said work shall include any incidentals required to provide a finished job. Existing Conditions Examine the site to determine existing conditions, extent of work and clearing operations required. Failure of the Contractor to visit the site and familiarize themselves with the existing conditions shall in no way relieve them from obligations with respect to their bid or contract. Quality Assurance A. The installer must be experienced in fence installations. Contractor shall provide three representative fence projects for Engineer's review. B. Thoroughly inspects site(s), related work, and Owner-supplied materials (where applicable). Notify the Owner before bidding of any conditions adversely affecting the performance of fencing installation. C. Contractor shall provide a warranty stating that the fencing is secure and stable, tight, corrosion-free, in proper alignment, complete in detail and finish, and free of hazardous conditions. Any defects that develop within one year from the date of Physical Completion shall be replaced at the expense of the Contractor. D. Standard Specifications: All work shall conform to all applicable requirements of the Ontario Provincial Standard, whether specifically referred to or not, except as specifically modified herein. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-17 Product Handling All materials are to be new and delivered to the site in an undamaged condition. Store materials off the ground and protect from damage. In the event of damage, immediately make repairs and/or replace as necessary to the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. MATERIALS General A. All piping for fence and gates shall be Schedule 40 hot-dipped galvanized steel or approved equal for size, finish, material composition, strength, appearance, performance and ease of maintainability. B. Galvanizing shall be in accordance with CAN/CGSB-138.1-M80, "Chain Link, Fabric Fence' . C. All materials except nuts and bolts shall have the PVC coating extruded and adhered to the galvanized steel core wire. Color shall be as selected by the Engineer. Fabric shall have .015 to .025 inch PVC coating extruded and adhered to the core. All other materials shall be 10 to 15 mils PVC coating. Chain Link Fence Fabric A. Color coated chain link fence fabric shall conform to CAN/CGSB-138.I-M80, "Chain Link, Framework, Zinc-Coated, Steel Fence" B. Fabric shall be W &M Steel Core Wire, galvanized with not less than .30 oz. per square foot of actual surface, with a .015 - .025 inch PV C bonded or powder coating, extruded and adhering to the galvanized wire. Fabric shall be woven in a continuous 2"). Steel core wire shall have a minimum breaking strength 1290 lbs. Finished size, including PVC bonded or powder coating, shall be 8-gauge (finished) with 9-gauge core wire. If site conditions allow, lower edge offabric shall be no greater than one and one-half(l- 1/2) inches above concrete mow strip or infield finished grade as specified on plans and details. C. Fabric shall have a knuckled top and bottom selvage. D. Height of the fabric measured from the ends of the knuckled selvage shall be as specified on plans and details, plus or minus 1 inch per 8 lineal feet. Perimeter Fencing Framework All posts, rails, and framework shall have 10-15 mils of vinyl or powder coating. No hand painting is allowed, except for minor touching up. All posts, rails, rods shall be steel pipe. Sizes shall be as specified in the following table for perimeter fencing. SP-18 Foundations A. Set posts in concrete foundations as specified on chart below unless otherwise stated on the Drawings: .1 Line Posts - 200 nun (8") diameter and 900 mm (36") deep .2 End Posts - 250 mm (10") diameter and 1 000 mm (42") deep .3 Comer Posts - 250 nun (10") diameter and 1 000 nun (42") deep .4 Gate Posts - (1) 75 mm (3") - 250 mm (10") diameter and 1 000 mm (40") deep (2) 100 mm (4") - 300 mm (12") diameter and 1 050 nun (42") deep U8-gauge (finished) with 9-gauge core wire (typical) Gates and Gate Posts A. General: Gate posts, frames, and hardware shall be hot-dipped galvanized as noted for framework. All fittings shall be hot-dipped galvanized and vinyl or powder coated as specified in Section 2.02. Gate frames shall be galvanized or vinyl or powder coated after welding or painted with approved zinc enriched (for galvanized fencing) or flat alkyd enamel (for vinyl or powder coated fencing) paint. Gate fabric shall match fencing fabric. Gates shall maintain no gaps greater than two (2) inches between gateposts and frames or one and one-half (1-1/2) inches above the ground. B. Gates: 1. Gate Posts: Posts shall be 2-7/8 a.D. schedule 40 steel pipe (or larger, depending upon the size of the gate opening). 2. Gate Frames: 1-7/8 inch a.D. steel pipe with joints notched and welded to form a rigid frame. Welds shall be coated with cold galvanized coating. Frames shall be filled with same fabric as fence and fastened in the frame by means of tension bars and fasteners at 1 foot ac. 3. Diagonal Cross-Bracing: 3/8 inch a.D. vinyl coated adjustable truss rods to ensure frame rigidity without sag or twist. 4. Hinges: Pressed steel to suit gate size, non-lift-off type, offset to permit 180- degree gate opening. Provide 2 hinges for each leaf. Drill, tap, and set screw or weld to frame and post to prevent rotation. Hinges are to be industrial hinge with plug or approved equal. 5. Single Gate Latch: Provide heavy-duty gate fork latch of correct size malleable iron to permit operation from either side of gate, with padlock eye as integral part of latch. 6. Double Gate Latch: Provide 1-3/8 inch a.D. powder coated steel plunger pipe, locking device, and box as integral part of plunger pipe. Weld and paint fastener to secure plunger and locking device to gate framework to insure latch will not turn. Provide 1-7/8 inch a.D. galvanized steel pipe sleeve, raised ~ inch above finished grade and set in 12-inch diameter by 12-inch deep concrete footing. Plunger shall be the same height as the gate in the closed position. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-19 Fittings Fittings shall be hot-dipped galvanized pressed steel. All fittings shall be industrial quality. All fittings except nuts and bolts shall be vinyl or powder coated after galvanizing, with 10-15 mils of thermally bonded PVc. After installation, spray all nuts and bolts with two coats of flat alkyd enamel paint (color to match fence) suitable for metal. A~~essories A. Post tops shall be pressed steel and designed as a weather tight closure cap for tubular posts, and shall be vinyl or powder coated. B. Tension bars shall be of one piece lengths equal to full height of fabric with a minimum cross section of3/l6" x 3/4". Provide two tension bars (vinyl or powder coated) for each gate, end post, comer and pull posts C. Tension bar bands (vinyl or powder coated), shall be pressed steel, spaced not over 12 inches OC to secure tension bars to end, comer, pull, and gate posts. D. Tension Wire: Contractor shall provide a No.7 W & M gauge galvanized high carbon coiled, tension wire (vinyl or powder coated), stretched along the bottom of fabric and fastened to the fabric at intervals of not more than 18 inches, using steel hog rings. Tension wire shall be attached with brace band, and nut and bolt. Tension wire shall be terminated around the bolt to itself with a minimum of three complete wraps. E. Wire Ties: Contractor shall provide wire ties as follows: 6-guage vinyl or powder coated aluminum wire ties (with 9-gauge core wire) for perimeter fences with 8-guage fabric (with 9-gauge core wire) or as otherwise specified or shown on plans. EXECUTION Site Preparation A. On-Site Conference: Do not work until a site meeting with the Engineer and appropriate Parks Department maintenance staff is held. B. Contractor is responsible providing temporary barricades and enclosures, and protection of adjacent property and existing work. Barricades are to be in place before construction operations are started. Coordinate this work with other on-site work and trades. Complete clearing and site preparation work is required prior to excavation. C. Contractor shall not allow vinyl or powder coated materials to become scratched, gouged or damaged in any way during the storing or construction of the fence. SP-20 Fence Construction A. Posts: 1. Auger holes for post footings in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil. Holes for new line post footings shall be sized as shown on plans and standard details. Holes for terminal and gateposts shall be sized as shown on plans and standard details. 2. Over excavate hole depths to 6 inches deeper than post bottoms. 3. Place concrete around posts in a continuous placement, tamp for consolidation, checking each post for vertical and top alignment. Support posts plumb until concrete has cured. Set and secure keepers, stops, sleeves, and other accessories into concrete as required. 4. Tops of post footings shall be flush with finished grade, troweled and sloped outward to drain. Top of footing shall appear true and circular in shape with post at center of circle. 5. Post shall be 10 feet OC. maximum. B. Sleeved Posts: 1. Insert posts into sleeves provided in concrete footing for tops of walls and hoop- style backstops as specified on plans and details. Check each post for vertical (plumb) and top alignment. 2. Secure posts to sleeves with 3/8" diameter by 1-1/2" long stainless steel, self- tapping Tec-screw. 3. Posts shall be 10' OC. maximum. C. Rails: 1. Top rail shall be securely fastened to terminal posts and pass through tops of line post fittings, forming a continuous rail for the full length offence. Top rail shall be furnished in lengths approximately 21 feet long with standard hot dip galvanized, vinyl or powder coated steel expansion couplings not less than 6" in length. Lengths less than 10 feet shall not be used adjacent to terminal posts. Place top rail and coupling to allow for slip expansion and contraction. 2. Intermediate and bottom (when specified) rails shall conform to the same specifications as the top rail and be joined at line posts with double-end socket clamps or brace bands and rail ends, with one inverted to maintain smooth line. D. Brace Assemblies: All comer, terminal, and gate posts shall be furnished with complete brace assembly, including brace of same material and finish as top rail, and adjustable tightener for 3/8 inch truss rod. Comer and terminal posts shall have two brace assemblies, one in each direction. The diagonal 3/8 inch adjustable truss rod shall be attached to the first ensuing line post. Install braces so that posts are plumb and -true when diagonal rod is under proper tension. No truss rod is required if the intermediate rail is continuous. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-21 E. Fabric: Pull fabric taut and securely tie to posts and rails. Install fabric on interior or playing side of fence except as specified on plans and details, and anchored to framework so that the fabric remains in tension after pulling force is released. Lower edge of fabric shall be level with finished grades at one and one-half (1-112) inches above grade (typ.). F. Wire Ties: Tie fabric to line post, rails, and braces with wire ties (sizes above), spaced 12 inches a.c. (typ.). Tie fabric to tension wire, ifno bottom rail is required, with hog rings (sizes above) at 18 inches a.c. (typ.). G. Tension Bars: Fabric shall be attached to the terminal posts by means of single piece tension bars. Thread through fabric and secure to posts with metal bands spaced not over 12" a.c. (typ.). H. Welding: All field welds shall be fully filled, ground flush and smooth, and cold galvanized by brushing on "Galvicon", or approved equal. Use silver paint for galvanized fencing or color to match color coated fencing (two coats required). Gates A. Install gates as shown on the plans and details. No openings between frame or gate members shall exceed 3 inches. The gap between the bottom rail and finish grade shall not exceed one and one-half (1-112) inches. B. Install gates plumb, level, and secure for full opening without interference. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and lubricate where necessary. After the Engineer's approval of operation, drill, tap, and setscrew or spot-weld and paint all hinges and latch hardware to prevent rotation. C. Install the gateposts the same as terminal posts. Cleanup Job site shall be cleared of all excess materials (concrete, wire, rails, pipe, etc.). All areas impacted by construction shall be levelled with infield soil on the inside and paving or topsoil on the outside for ball field backstop projects and graded flush with concrete mow strip, be free of all debris and rocks, and restored to as good as or better than the original condition, as approved by the Engineer. SP-22 ITEM NO. 11 CONSTRUCT TIMBER BOARDWALK For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all materials, labour and equipment to construct the timber boardwalk, as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. The unit price bid shall also include the restoration of all disturbed areas to the satisfaction of the Owner and the Engineer. Materials for the boardwalk shall be as noted on the drawings. Layout and grade for the boardwalk will be established by the Engineer. ITEM NO. 12 REMOVE AND RE-INST ALL CHAIN LINK FENCE For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to remove and re-install the existing chain link fence shown on the drawing and as directed by the Engineer. All work shall be done in accordance with OPSS51 O. Disposal off-site of the excess material to be included in the Contractor's unit price bid. ITEM NO. 13 REMOVAL OF CONCRETE PADS For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to remove the concrete pads as indicated on the contract drawings or as directed by the Engineer at the time of construction. The unit price bid shall include the saw cutting of existing concrete. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damages to existing building fronts during the removal of existing sidewalks, where applicable. Excavated material and concrete shall be disposed of as outlined under the General SP - Disposal of Surplus Materials. ITEM NO. 14 SUPPLY, EXCA VA TE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL STORM PIPE SEWERS For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete installation of the storm sewers as indicated on the contract drawings. The sizes of the sewers as well as the backfill material are as noted on the Form of Tender and on the contract drawing. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-23 Pipe Material OPSS 410.05 materials is amended to accept the following pipe material for storm sewers: (a) Concrete Sewer Pipe (Rigid) - 150 mm to 375 mm Class 3 - 375 mrn or greater as specified in the tender form (b) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (Flexible) - Class SDR 35 or Class V (320 kPa) - Annular ribbed profile for ribbed pipe (c) Polyethylene Sewer Pipe (Flexible) - CSA certified Sewer Class to B 182.6 - 150 mm to 600 mm - smooth inner wall, annular corrugated profile (320 kPa), 15 PSI bell and spigot joints shall have elastomeric gaskets (CSA certified to B 182.6). Ifpipe material selected differs from that specified in the Form of Tender, the Contractor shall, upon request, supply the Engineer with proof of CSA certification for both the pipe and the e1astomeric gaskets, all at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall supply the pipe in the size and strength designated, as noted in the Form of Tender or approved equivalent by the Engineer. Bedding and Backfill Bedding shall be Class B as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. Bedding shall be as per OPSD 802.010,802.013, or 802.014 for flexible pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. Bedding material shall be Granular "A". Cover material shall be approved granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Backfill shall be approved selected native material compacted to a minimum dry density of 95% or granular material compacted to a minimum dry density of 100% as noted in the Form of Tender. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all granular bedding, cover material and the backfilling noted herein. All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed as outlined under the General SP - Disposal of Surplus Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid of sewer. All deflection testing of sewers as per OPSS 410.07.15.05 shall be included in the unit price bid if using PVC or polyethylene pipe. SP-24 Compaction All bedding, cover and backfill materials shall be placed in layers prior to compacting in accordance with OPSS 514.07.10. Compaction shall be done using a "Hoepac" type compaction unit. All costs of compaction and water used for compaction shall be included in the unit price for sewer. No additional payment will be made for removal of existing sewers, watermains, or minor structures encountered in the trench excavation. Removing Existing Storm Sewer The unit price bid shall include the cost of removing existing storm sewers where applicable. Abandoning Sewers The Contractor will be required to plug up, by means of brick and mortar, certain existing sewers that are to be abandoned, as directed by the Engineer. The cost of this work is to be included in the Contractor's bid for new sewer intercepting these old sewers or drains. Connecting Sewers The Contractor will be required, at his own expense, to make all connections to new and existing catch basins, maintenance holes, culverts, or sewers (regardless of pipe material) in a manner set out in the contract drawings or as designated by the Engineer at the time of construction. Maintenance of Flow The Contractor shall provide for the maintenance of flow in all sewers and maintenance holes at all times. Restoration Restoration shall be as outlined under General SP - Restoration. ITEM NO. 15 SUPPL Y, EXCA VA TE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL 600 mm x 600 mm CATCH BASINS (705.010), INCLUDING FRAME AND GRATES For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete installation of the structures as indicated on the contract drawings. The sizes of the structures are as noted on the Form of Tender and on the contract drawing. The contractor shall excavate to the required grade, supply the necessary granular bedding and backfill and compact the material in accordance with OPSS 516. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-25 The unit price bid shall also include the supply and placing of catch basin frames and grates in accordance with OPSD 400.110 and the cost of connecting new basins to existing sewers as directed at the time of construction. Compadion around catch basins shall be done using a "Hoepac" type compadion unit. Payment for the structure shall be 80% of the unit price for the installation and 100% of unit price upon completion of parging and removal of debris from the bottom of the structure. ITEM NO. 16 SUPPLY FOR AND PLACE 150 mmFIL TER WRAPPED PERFORATED SUBDRAIN INCLUDING EXCAVATION For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall excavate for, supply and install the subdrain, including filter wrap (non-woven type) Class 1 with a Filter Opening Size (FOS) of 130-100 ~m as directed by the Engineer. The supply and backfilling of granular backfill shall be paid for with the granular item for the roadbed. Pipe Material OPSS 405.05 Materials is amended to accept the following material for pipe subdrains. (a) Corrugated steel pipe minimum 1.3 mm thickness (b) Polyethylene Big "0" Boss 2000 or equivalent. The filter wrap geotextile shall be in accordance with OPSS 1860. The maximum stone size for the granular backfill shall be 50 mm dia. ITEM NO. 17 SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, AND PLACE C.S.P. CULVERTS For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply, excavate for, place and backfill C.S.P. culverts across the roadway or entrance as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer at the time of construction. All work shall be done in accordance with OPSS 421. The bedding and backfill of the pipe shall be as per OPSD 802.010,802.013 or 802.014, whichever is applicable to the soil type. All bedding and backfill material shall be approved granular material compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. All granular materials for bedding and backfill shall be included under this item. SP-26 ITEM NO. 18 HANDLAID RIP RAP INCLUDING NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to place the handlaid rip rap and geotextile fabric as indicated on the contract drawings, OPSD 810.010 for Sewer and Culvert Outlets and as directed by the engineer at the time of construction. Materials · Rip Rap Classification shall be R-l 0 as per OPSS 1004 - Table 5, Gradation Requirements for Gabion Stone and Rip-Rap. · The Geotextile shall be a non-woven, Class II, according to OPSS 1860, with a FOS of 75 to 150 ~m. ITEM NO. 19 SANITARY SEWER PIPE For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete installation of the sanitary sewers as indicated on the contract drawings. The sizes of the sewers as well as the backfill material are as noted on the Form of Tender and on the contract drawing. Pipe Material Pipe material for sanitary sewers shall be as noted in the Form of Tender. Where required and shown on the drawings, end caps, adapters, reducers, etc. shall be provided and the cost included in the unit price bid for this item. Bedding and Backfill Bedding shall be Class B as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. Bedding shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013 or 802.014 for flexible pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. Bedding material shall be Granular "A". Cover material shall be approved granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Backfill shall be approved selected native material compacted to a minimum dry density of 95% or granular material compacted to a minimum dry density of 100% as noted in the Form of Tender. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all granular bedding, cover material and the backfilling noted herein. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-27 All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of as outlined under the General SP - Disposal of Surplus Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid per metre of sewer. Maintenance of Flow The Contractor shall provide for the maintenance of flow of sanitary sewage in the sewers and in any maintenance holes being connected by this work. The Contractor shall provide adequate pumping and power facilities to maintain operation of the sewer system on a continuous basis. The method of maintaining flow shall be approved by the Engineer in advance of construction proceeding. All cost of maintaining sewage flow, where required, shall be included in the unit price bid for these items. Connecting Sewen and Modifying Benching The cost of breaking into, connecting, sealing and modifying the existing benching to accommodate the same pipe size shall be included in the unit price bid. Removing Existing Sanitary Sewer The unit price bid shall include the cost of removing existing sanitary sewers where applicable. Field Testing The unit price bid shall include infiltration and/or exfiltration test and deflection testing in accordance with OPSS 410.07.15 - Field Testing. Compaction All bedding, cover and backfill materials shall be placed in layers prior to compacting, in accordance with OPSS 514.07.10. Compaction shall be done using a "Hoepac" type compaction unit. All work shall be in accordance with OPSS 409 and 409.10. Basis of payment is amended to be included in the unit price bid per metre of sewer pipe. Cleaning and Flushing Pipe Sewen OPSS 410.07.16 is amended to include the cleaning and flushing in the unit price bid for this item. Restoration Restoration shall be as outlined under General SP - Restoration. SP-28 ITEM NO. 20 SUPPLY, EXCA VA TE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL 1200 mm PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLES, OPSD 701.010 For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete installation of the structures. The sizes of the structures are as noted on the Form of Tender and on the contract drawing. The Contractor shall excavate to the required grade, supply the necessary granular bedding and backfill and compact the material in accordance with OPSS 516. For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply and install frames and grates as shown on the drawings to the grade established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall supply ladder rungs and all materials to make all connections to existing sewers. Also included in the unit price bid, the Contractor shall include the benching of all sanitary maintenance holes designated in accordance with standard drawing OPSD 701.021. Where new maintenance holes are to be constructed on existing sewers, the Contractor will be required to maintain the sewage flow by either piping through the maintenance hole location or providing bypass pumping around the maintenance hole site. Prior to the commencement of work, the Engineer shall approve the method proposed by the contractor for maintaining flow. Compaction around maintenance holes shall be done using a "Hoepac" type compaction unit. Payment for the structure shall be 80% of the unit price for the installation and 1 00% of unit price upon completion of parging, removal of debris from the bottom of the structure and benching when applicable. ITEM NO. 21 SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL 1200 mm PRECAST OIL/GRIT INTERCEPTOR For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for the complete installation of the structure. The Contractor shall install one 4050 litre oil interceptor unit as supplied by Porter's, a Division of J. A. Porter Holdings (Lucknow) Ltd., or approved equal. The interceptor shall be of reinforced concrete construction and consist of 3 separate chambers. For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete installation of the structure. The Contractor shall excavate to the required grade, supply and necessary granular bedding and backfill and compact the material in accordance with OPSS 516. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-29 For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply and install 3 frame and covers (OPSD 401.03) as shown on the drawings to the finished grade established by the Engineer. Concrete grade rings (0.3 m height) and precast modulac shall be used for adjustment of frame and cover to finished grade as required. The Contractor shall supply all materials to make all connections to new and existing sewers. Compaction around the structure shall be done using a "Hoepac" type compaction unit. Payment for the structure shall be 80% of the unit price for the installation and 1 00% of unit price upon completion of parging, removal of debris from the bottom of the structure and benching when applicable. ITEM NO. 22 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CLEANOUT For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials for the complete installation of service cleanouts as shown on the detail drawing. Each cleanout shall be a 100 mm diameter cover equal to a Malcolm Bolter Cover (Bell end) as supplied by Crowle Fittings Ltd., or equivalent. Adaptors to be provided as required. Each cleanout shall be clearly marked with a minimum of 2.0 m of 50 x 100 wooden post. ITEM NO. 23 & 24 W ATERMAIN INST ALLA TION Work Plan Prior to site activities, the Contractor shall submit a Work Plan for review by the Engineer. The Work Plan shall provide the following construction details: . connection point(s) between existing and new watermains source water connection(s) cross-connection prevention procedures and equipment temporary watermains, if any swabbing details hydrostatic pressure test details disinfection details dechlorination details flushing water disposal details details of final connection to existing watermain. . . . . . . . . . The Contractor shall allow two weeks for the review and approval of the Work Plan. No site work shall proceed until the Work Plan has been approved by the Engineer. The Work Plan shall be submitted no later than at the pre-construction meeting. SP-3D Watermain Construction and Materials The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Operating Authority of the proposed disruption of service to make all connections to the existing distribution system. The watermain construction shall be staged so as to minimize water service distribution to residences. Property owners shall be informed by the Contractor a minimum of 24 hours in advance, as to when these disruptions will occur. Only authorized Operating Authority personnel shall operate valves on existing watermains for the purpose of controlling water. No person other than the authorized Operating Authority personnel shall shut down or charge any section of existing watermain or operate any valve for the purpose of controlling water from existing watermains. The Contractor shall provide the Operating Authority at least 48 hours advance notice when a change in control of the water is required. All necessary water supply interruptions shall be scheduled in co-operation with the local operating authority. The Contractor shall operate only those valves, hydrants and curb stops installed in their contract during the construction period and prior to the date of acceptance of the Contractor's work. After the works are accepted, only the local operating authority may operate the system. The unit price bid for each item shall include all costs incurred in excavating for, placing, anchoring and blocking, connecting, testing, flushing and disinfecting all watermain and fittings, as outlined in OPSS 701 and restoration outside general grading operations. The unit price bid per lineal metre shall include the cost of all granular bedding and backfill up to subgrade and/or original ground. All costs of compaction and water shall be borne by the Contractor. Materials All materials for watermains, valves, valve boxes, etc., shall be supplied by the Contractor. No substitutes without Operating Authority approval or the approval of the Operating Authority. Watermain Watermain material shall be Polyvinyl Chloride PVC-C-900 Class 150 (DR-I 8). Pipe joints shall be bell and spigot with rubber gaskets. Gate Valves and Boxes Valves shall be resilient seated gate valves. Main line valves to be MJ type with standard operating nut. Hydrant valves to be MJ to MJ gate valve with standard operating nut. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Sp.31 All valves to be supplied with "0" ring packing for water use and open counter-clockwise. Valve boxes shall be Canada Valve screw type with No.6 base. Tapping valves and sleeves must meet with approval of the Operating Authority. Resilient-seated gate valves shall be in accordance with A WW A C509. Fittings All fittings shall be ductile iron cement mortar lined mechanical joint (MJ) type with adaptors to suit other materials, where necessary. All fittings must be suitably thrust blocked using concrete thrust blocking as per OPSD 1103.010 or 1103.020. A polyethylene barrier shall be used to prevent a bond between the fitting and the concrete. Ductile iron fittings shall be in accordance with A WW A C II 0 and the rubber-gasket joints for ductile iron fittings shall be in accordance with A WW A CIII, pressure rating 1035kPa. Hydrants Fire hydrants shall be the Mueller Canada Valve New Century type or approved McAvity equivalent. Hydrant specifications as follows: . 2-64 mm hose connections . B pumper connection . Hydrants shall open counter-clockwise . Colour shall be RED . Operating nut shall be standard . Hydrant length shall be such that the bottom of the upper barrel shall be 100 mm above finished grade . Bury depth 1.7 m. Dry-barrel fire hydrants shall be in accordance with A WW A C502. Services - Min. 19 mm, Max. 50 mm . Corporation stops - Mueller, c.c. thread inlet! compression joint outlet. . Curb Stop - Mueller, compression joint inlet! compression joint outlet or approved equivalent. . Pipe - to be 19 mm Type "K" copper tubing. . Service Boxes - Model No. D-I by Concord-Clow or Mueller equivalent. Service box and stem (1.4 m to 1.7 m) with 25 mm dia. steel upper section. Box lids shall be regular ribbed with brass pentagon plus c/w standard stationary rod. . Service saddles - Model No. 2616 by Robar Industries Inc., stainless steel, double bolted, broad band. SP-32 Underground service line valves and fittings shall be in accordance with A WW A C800. Model numbers shall be stamped on all valves and materials. Design It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure the performance of the pipe and the restraining systems. Design of the pipe joint restraining systems shall consider the pressures that the system will be subjected to as well as any expansion and contraction due to temperature changes during and following construction of the various pipe materials selected. Cathodic Protection a) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) or Polyethylene (PE) Mainline Piping as per OPSD 1109.011. Appurtenance Method of Protection i) Piping Not required ii) Hydrants One anode per each (see hydrant standard drawing OPSD 1105.01) iii) Services . Each copper service One anode per each service . Each polyethylene One anode installed per each curb stop and main stop servIce iv) Valves Sacrificial zinc nuts v) Fittings One anode per each or sacrificial zinc nuts · Anode sizes shall be 5.5 kg for watennain appurtenances up to and including 300 mm diameter and 11.0 kg for watennain appurtenances greater than 300 mm. · Anodes for steel pipe encasement shall be 11.0 kg for all sizes. · Sacrificial zinc nuts shall be of the protecto-cap type and installed on each bolt. b) Ductile Iron (DI) Mainline Piping i) All buried ductile iron piping and all buried fittings, valves, hydrants, etc. shall be polyethylene encased in accordance with the latest revision of ANSI/ A WW A CI05/AA21.5 Standard. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-33 Encasement material shall be tube or sheet, either low density polyethylene film, 8 mil thickness, or high density or cross laminated polyethylene film, 4 mil thickness, in accordance with Section 4.1 of A WW A CI05. Installation shall be in accordance with A WW A C 1 05 and manufacturer's specifications. Care shall be taken to ensure that the encasement is not damaged during installation. Cuts, tears, punctures, or other damage to the polyethylene shall be repaired prior to backfilling. ii) Services . Each copper service - One anode per each service . Each polyethylene service - One anode installed per each curb stop and main stop Excavation All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of as outlined under the General SP - Disposal of Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the bid per metre of watermain. Removal of Existing Mains, Services, Hydrants and Fittings For the unit prices bid for watermain construction, the Contractor shall include the removal of existing mains and services when required, and/or as directed by the Engineer at the time of construction. These mains shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site of the work. Any fittings deemed salvageable shall be delivered to the Operating Authority's Workshop. Remove and Salvage Existing Hydrant For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall remove the existing hydrant as directed by the Engineer and the hydrant shall be delivered to the Operating Authority's Work's Shop in good order. Bedding and Backfill Bedding shall be Class B as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. Bedding shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013, or 802.014 for flexible pipe for whichever soil type is applicable. Bedding material shall be Granular "A". Cover material shall be approved granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. I SP-34 Backfill shall be approved selected native material compacted to a minimum dry density of 95% or granular material compacted to a minimum dry density of 100% as noted in the Form of Tender. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all granular bedding, cover material and the backfilling noted herein. All bedding, cover and backfill material shall be placed in layers prior to compacting in accordance with OPSS 514.07.10. Compaction shall be done using a "Hoepac" type compaction unit. All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed as outlined under the General SP - Disposal of Surplus Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid. Laying and Jointing - P.v.c. All PVC watermain shall have a No. 12/7 strand copper cable, having TWH insulation, rated for underground use, installed as a tracer wire with the pipe to each main line valve box or chamber. The tracer wire shall be laid along the top of the pipe, strapped every 5.0 metres by means of a brass or galvanized clamp. The tracer wire shall be looped at every valve, hydrant, and fitting. The tracer wire shall be secured within the chambers to 300 mm of final grade with a minimum 600 mm of loose wire. Conductivity Test Before the final connection to the existing main, the Contractor shall demonstrate the integrity of the new underground tracer wire by applying a conductivity signal and confirming the signal correlation on all watermains and services. The Engineer must witness the conductivity test(s). Connection to Existing Main For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to reconnect the existing main to the new main with the proper fittings to make the connection. The length of the reconnection shall not exceed one standard pipe length (i.e. 20 feet or 6 metres). After the pressure, leakage, chlorine residual and bacteriological tests have passed, the Contractor shall obtain written approval from the Engineer to make the final watermain connection to the existing water distribution system. The Operating Authority shall be contacted 48 hours prior to the final connection to determine if any special measures must be taken and/or an appropriately licensed operating authority employee is required to oversee the works. The Contractor will be liable for all costs for callouts of Operating Authority staff if the Contractor fails to notify the Operating Authority that the connection will not take place. The Contractor shall co-ordinate the final connection of the new watermain to the existing water distribution system to enable the Engineer to witness the entire process. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-35 Watennains shall be cut back to remove all temporary taps. The Contractor shall disinfect the connection watennain as outlined below and shall, using all means possible, dewater the watennains and trench in a controlled manner to not allow backflow into the watermains. The Engineer at their discretion may require the Contractor to flush water through a nearby fire hydrant to remove water with elevated chlorine residual. If trench water, dirt or debris has entered the watermain during the final connection, the watermain shall be aggressively flushed and additional bacteriological samples shall be taken as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer reserves the right to request the above steps be taken regardless. The new piping, fittings and valves required for the connection shall be spray-disinfected and swabbed with a minimum 1 % and maximum 5% solution of chlorine just prior to being installed. During the final connection, the Contractor shall connect new tracer wire to the existing tracer WIre. Anode Installation For all mechanical joint fittings and couplings used with either ductile iron on PVC pipe, a sacrificial zinc nut shall be installed on each bolt. For buried anodes, connect anode copper lead wire to pipe, valve, fitting, hydrant, etc., with "cadweld" type connection. Connect to main stops or curb stops with the electrical ground connections supplied. Place anode in trench a minimum of 500 mm from pipe, valve, fitting, etc. . Complete installation shall conform to anode manufacturer's recommendations. ITEM NO. 25 TESTING, FLUSHING, SW ADDING AND DISINFECTION OF W A TERMAINS For the lump sum price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the temporary connection, testing, flushing, swabbing and disinfection of water mains and services in accordance with the following specifications, OPSS 701 for pressure testing, A WW A C651 for disinfection and connection to waterworks system. The new watermain shall be isolated from the existing waterworks system using a physical separation until satisfactory bacteriological testing has been completed and accepted by the Engineer and the Operating Authority. Water required to fill the new main for hydrostatic pressure testing, disinfection, and flushing shall be supplied through a temporary connection between the existing water system and the new main. The temporary connection shall include an appropriate cross-connection control device consistent with the degree of hazard (a double check valve assembly, used above or below ground level) or a reduced pressure principle backflow preventer (used above ground level ONLY). The cross-connection control device operation shall be in accordance with CAN/Canadian Standards Association-B64 Series Manual and SP-36 disinfected prior to installation. The backflow preventer shall be disconnected (physically separated) from the new main during the hydrostatic pressure test. It will be necessary to re-establish the temporary connection after completion of the hydrostatic pressure test to swab, chlorinate and flush out the disinfectant water prior to final connection of the new main to the waterworks system. (Refer to A WWA C651). Swabbing will be required prior to pressure testing, disinfection and commissioning of the main. A minimum of two (2) new swabs will be passed through each section of main line pipe to ensure that there is no blockage, debris, etc. The Contractor shall note that auxiliary equipment may be required for the swabbing operation. Swabs shall be polyurethane with a density of 24. 7 kglm3 and shall have a minimum diameter 50 nun larger than the diameter of the watermain and have a minimum length of one and one half times its diameter. Swabs shall be propelled through the watennain at a speed of 0.5 to 1.0 m/s using potable water. The Contractor shall discharge water to an approved outlet ensuring all required erosion and sediment control and dechlorination measures are followed. The swabbing shall continue until the discharge water runs clear within ten seconds of the last swab exiting the discharge point. The Contractor shall mark, number and demonstrate to the Engineer that all swabs, or parts thereof, have been retrieved. The Contractor shall be liable for costs associated with damage caused by and retrieving swabs that, for whatever reasons, escape into the existing water distribution system. The pressure testing shall be in accordance with OPSS 701.07.22 hydrostatic testing and under the supervision of the Engineer. At each service location, the Contractor shall provide service tubing extensions to above the ground surface to accommodate flushing of the services following the disinfection operations. At vacant lot locations, these extensions shall be cut off and crimped below ground as directed. The cost of providing for such extensions is to be included in the lump sum price bid. After disinfection in accordance with A WW A C651 of the watermains and services for 24 hours and final flushing, two consecutive sets of water samples, taken at least 24 hours apart, shall be collected for every 350 metres or part thereof ofwatermain plus from the end of the line and from each branch line off the main line. In addition, it is recommended that the existing water system be tested as well, at a location(s) near the new construction. Following disinfection of the watermains, the chlorinated water shall be managed and disposed of in accordance with OPSS 701.07.25. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-37 Certified municipal staff or trained designate only (OWRA Reg. 170/03) shall collect samples for bacteriological testing. All water samples are to be analyzed by a Provincially accredited Laboratory. One 200 mL bacteriological sample (bottles supplied by the Labs ONLY) must be obtained from each location. The sample form is to be filled out requesting E. coli (Fecal Coliform), Total Coliform and Background analysis and is to include the sampler's license number. Each sample collected must include a "Total and Free Chlorine residual" reading. The Owner will pay Laboratory expenses for microbiological testing of the initial first 2 sets of water samples required for commissioning the new mains. If the disinfection fails to produce satisfactory sample test results, disinfection, sampling and testing shall be repeated at the Contractor's expense. The minimum requirements for acceptability of bacteriological tests are: E. coli (Fecal Coliform) Total Coliform Background Colonies Less than I cfu/IOO mL Less than I cfu/IOO mL Less than 200 cfu/IOO mL Commissioning of New Main Once a complete set of tests, including the bacteriological sample results, are satisfactory and the results are received, the Engineer must request approval from the Operating Authority for the main to be connected to the existing water system. The Operating Authority and/or the Engineer must be present on site during the removal of the temporary connection and until the connection of the new main to the existing waterworks has been completed. All new piping, services and appurtenances placed in the connection of new main and existing waterworks system must be disinfected with a 1% (10,000 mglL) solution of sodium hypochlorite or equivalent method at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor must provide, in writing, a method of dewatering in order to protect the final connection from contamination of the new or existing watermain with foreign material or groundwater. Should there be a need to re-disinfect, the entire cost ofre-disinfecting the mains will be at the Contractor's expense. Testing, Flushing and Disinfection of New Services to be Connected to Existing Main The Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for the testing, flushing and disinfection of the services in accordance with A WW A C651 and the following. The tubing and fittings shall be cleaned and disinfected with a 1% (10,000 mglL) solution of sodium hypochlorite or equivalent method and the service flushed until two consecutive chlorine residual tests of 0.75 to 1.0 mgIL as free chlorine are achieved, before connecting to the existing mam. SP-38 Dechlorination All water wasted in the process of testing, flushing, swabbing and disinfecting of watermains shall be discharged into the storm water system and must be neutralized to provide a total chlorine residual of less than 2 mglL. The Engineer will monitor the discharge of wastewater. Should tests show a residual greater than 2 mglL, the discharge shall be ceased immediately and the procedure modified to meet less than the 2 mg/L objective. In all cases, the wasted water must be neutralized to provide a total chlorine residual of less than 2 J.lg/L (0.002 ppm) (Reg. 170/03 - Procedure for Disinfection of Drinking Water in Ontario- A WW A C651) at the outfall where detrimental effects may be suffered by plants and/or animals in the natural environment. The Engineer will monitor the discharge of wastewater. Should tests show a residual greater than 2 J.lglL, the discharge shall be ceased immediately and the procedure modified to meet the less than 2 J.lglL objective. Sites within 100 m of natural drainage, or with direct discharge to a water body, should be considered high risk. In such instances, the Owner may request a dechlorination plan along with contingency and mitigation plans in the event that the chlorine residuals exceed those specified. When no other options are available, the Contractor may be permitted to discharge wastewater into the sanitary collection system only upon written approval of the Owner. The Owner may direct the Contractor to dechlorinate to a specified chlorine residual prior to discharge or limit the discharge rate. The Engineer will monitor the discharge of wastewater to ensure the chlorine residual and discharge limits are not exceeded. ITEM NO. 26 DECOMMISSION THE STANDPIPE For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete decommissioning of the standpipe as indicated on the contract drawings. The decommissioning is to be performed by a licensed well driller with the operations conforming to the most recent regulations for decommissioning wells (O.Reg. 903). ITEM NO. 27 BACKFILLING OF SLUDGE PIT For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to backfill the sludge pit located immediately west of the Public Works shed. The Municipality will empty the sludge pit with their vacuum truck and the Contractor shall supply, place and compact granular material to fill the cavity. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-39 ITEM NO. 28 SUPPLY AND INSTALL IRRIGATION SYSTEM SCOPE OF THE WORK Work Includes · The work consists of installing a complete underground sprinkler system to efficiently irrigate the areas identified in the accompanying drawings. · Plumbing and electrical work will conform to the prevailing codes. · The construction of the sprinkler system will include furnishing, installing and testing of all irrigation equipment, along with the restoration of the site to its original condition. · Construct temporary control centre mount as per detail. Materials and Workmanship · The irrigation contractor will have attained certification by the Irrigation Association as a Certified Irrigation Contractor. · Whenever any material is specified by name and/or number thereof, such specifications will be deemed to be used for the purpose of facilitating a description of the materials and establishing quality, and will be deemed and construed to be followed by the words "or approved equal". · The system will be installed as shown on the design with no deviation in the number, type, size, nozzle radius, or features of sprinklers without the written approval of the landscape architect and client. · The system will be zoned as shown. The piping layout is diagrammatic but the zoning should not be changed unless authorized by the landscape architect or owner's representative. · No substitutions will be permitted unless the Client has approved the materials. · Sufficient descriptive literature and samples must be furnished for all materials submitted for "approved equal" status. · All materials will be new and without flaws or defects. · All materials will be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year against material defects and workmanship. SP-40 Electrical Supply and Controller Location · The irrigation controller location will be designated on the irrigation drawing. · The electrical contractor is responsible for providing a 11 O-volt power supply within three feet of the controller location. BackDow Prevention · The mechanical contractor shall be responsible for the supply and installation of a 3" Double check valve assembly backflow preventer. Point of Connection . The point of connection size and location shall be designated on the irrigation drawing. Water Source . The water source shall be from the municipal water supply. Winterization . All irrigation systems located in freezing climates must be drained to avoid damage. This will be accomplished by: - Utilizing an air compressor, with the installation of the required adapter to the irrigation mainline as part of the initial construction. . The Irrigation Contractor is responsible for the supply and installation of the appropriate winterizing provision (access) and will complete the winterizing operation the first year as part of the initial construction contract. Spring Start-up · The irrigation contractor is responsible for starting up the system in the spring following the first winterization. The contractor will responsible for: - pressurizing the system operating all zones adjusting arcs of heads as needed scheduling the controller as needed replacing any parts under warranty and notifying the owner of any repairs needed that are not covered under warranty. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-41 Guarantee . The irrigation system will be installed as shown on the design to provide complete coverage without excessive overthrow onto streets, driveways and buildings. . The entire system will be guaranteed to be complete and function perfectly in every detail for period of one year from the date of its acceptance. . Service performed by outside personnel other than the installing contractor will void the guarantee. . Damage caused by vandalism, misuse or acts of God are not covered. As-Built Drawings . Upon completion of work an as-built drawing of the system will be prepared indicating: - .1 sprinkler model and location - .2 pipe size and location - .3 automatic valves model and location - .4 winterizing adapter location (if applicable) - .5 wire or control tube location - .6 controller location - .7 main shut-off valve and any isolation valve locations - .8 dimensioned location of buried sleeves . The as-built drawing will be drawn to scale. Utilities . The Client shall make the Contractor aware of all public utilities servicing the property, and provide written notation pertaining to all private utilities located on the property. . The Contractor shall notify the utility companies and arrange for cable locations prior to the commencement of any work, and shall be responsible for any damage to the public and private utilities described above. SP-42 MATERIALS Pipe . Identification - All pipe will be continuously and permanently marked with the manufacturer's name or trademark, size, schedule and type of pipe, and working pressure at 21 degrees Celsius. . Delivery - Plastic pipe will be delivered to the site and stored in such a manner to provide adequate protection for the pipe ends either threaded or plain. . P. V .C. Pipe and Fittings - One-inch P.V.C. pipe will be class 200 (SDR-21) direct burial pipe and will be homogeneous throughout and free from visible cracks, dents, holes or foreign materials. - All P.V.C. pipe larger than one inch will be class 160 (SDR-26) direct burial pipe and will be homogeneous throughout and free from visible cracks, dents, holes or foreign materials. - All plastic pipe fittings to be installed shall be a minimum of schedule 40 moulded fittings manufactured of the same material as the pipe and shall be suitable for solvent weld, slip joint ring tight seal, or screwed connections. - All threaded connections under pressure should be Teflon taped. Sprinklers . Large Turf Rotor - Rain Bird 7005 Series - Te full or part circle sprinkler shall be a single stream, water lubricated, gear drive type capable of covering a 71 feet radius at a base pressure of 90 PSI pressure with a discharge rate of 22.2 GPM. - The sprinkler shall be capable of both full circle and part circle operation in the same unit. - The mode of operation shall be selected by inserting a flat blade screwdriver in the top of the rubber cap and turning a selector approximately 45 degrees. - The sprinkler shall not reverse direction during continuous operation in the full circle mode. - The part-circle sprinkler shall have adjustable arc coverage of 50 to 330 degrees. - Arc adjustments can be performed with or without the rotor in operation and shall require only a flat blade screwdriver. - The arc adjustments are possible for both the right and left trip of the sprinkler. - The sprinkler shall have a rotating nozzle turret independent of the riser stem. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Valves SP-43 - The portion of the riser stem that is in contact with the wiper seal shall be non- rotating. - The sprinkler shall have a non-strippable drive mechanism and permit manual rotation of the pop-up stem in any direction. - This shall have no effect on either the drive or the set arc. - Once the manual rotation terminates, the sprinkler shall automatically return the water stream to its preset arc. - The sprinkler shall have a pressure activated, multi-function, soft elastomer wiper seal. - This wiper seal shall prevent the sprinkler from sticking in the up position, and be capable of sealing the sprinkler riser stem to the sprinkler cap under normal operating pressures. - The sprinkler shall have a screen attached to the drive housing to filter inlet water, protect the drive from clogging and simplify its removal for cleaning and flushing of the system. - The sprinkler body shall have a 1" female NPT bottom inlet. - The sprinkler shall have a standard rubber cover that designates each adjustment opening from the top. - The sprinkler shall have a two-piece, front-load nozzle assembly that will allow the nozzle installation without a stator bushing change. - The primary and secondary nozzle ports shall be contained in one of the parts and shall be unique to each nozzle size. - The tertiary nozzle port shall be common to all of the other primary/secondary nozzle assemblies. - The sprinkler shall have a selection of eight color-coded nozzles. - All but the #4 and #6 nozzles shall have three ports for optimal close in, mid-range and long-range water distribution. - The sprinkler shall have a stainless steel nozzle retention screw. - The angle of trajectory shall be 25 degrees from horizontal. - The sprinkler shall have a strong stainless steel retract spring for positive pop-down. - The sprinkler shall have a standard Seal-A-Matic™ (SAM) device capable of holding up to 1 0 feet of head. . Rain Bird 150-PGA Valve - The remote control valve shall be a normally closed, 24 V AC 50/60 cycle solenoid actuated globe/angle pattern design capable of having a flow rate of 100 GPM with a pressure loss of up to 19.2 PSI. - The valve pressure rating shall be up to 150 PSI. - The valve body and bonnet shall be constructed of high-impact, weather resistant PVC with stainless steel screws. - The valve shall have manual open/close control (internal bleed) for manual opening and closing of valve without electrically energizing the solenoid. SP-44 - The valve's internal bleed shall prevent flooding of the valve box. - The valve shall house a fully encapsulated, one-piece solenoid. - The solenoid shall have a captured plunger with a removable retainer for easy servicing, and a handle for easy turning. - The 24 V AC 50/60 Hz solenoid shall open with 19.6 V AC minimum at 150 psi. - The valves average inrush current shall not exceed 0.41 amps at 24 V AC. - The valves average holding current shall not exceed 0.23 amps. - The valve shall have a flow control stem for manual regulation and/or shutoff of the outlet flow. - The valve must open or close in less than 1 minute at 150 psi, and less than 30 seconds at 20 psi. - The valve construction shall provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. - The body shall have a removable O-ringed plug for installation in either globe or angle configuration. Quick Coupling Valve · 5RC One Piece Quick Coupling Valve - The quick coupling valve will be a one-piece type constructed of heavy cast brass. The cover shall be a durable, protective self-closing rubber cover. When so specified, the cover shall be a locking rubber cover (LRC). - The valve will be opened and closed by a brass key of the same manufacturer having a 1" (MNPT) and 1" (FNPT) outlet. The valve throat shall have a keyway with detent positions for regulating water flow. - The quick coupling valves will be installed in a 10" round valve box, with the top of the valve box flush to the ground. The quick coupling valves shall be installed on unitized swing joints with side pressure stabilizers on the valve body. Controllers · Rain Bird ESP-20LX+ Hybrid Controller - The irrigation controller shall be a hybrid type, that combines electromechanical and microprocessor based circuitry capable of fully automatic, semi-automatic, and manual control of irrigation systems. The controller shall be housed in a wall- mountable, heavy duty, plastic, and weather resistant cabinet with a key-lock door and shall be suitable for indoor or outdoor applications. - The controller shall operate on 117 V AC:f: 10% at 60Hz and shall be capable of operating up to two 5.5 VA 24 V AC electric remote control valves per station plus a master valve or a pump start relay. - The controller shall have an electronic, diagnostic circuit breaker that shall sense a station with an electrical overload or short circuit and shall bypass the station and shall continue to operate all other stations in the program in sequence. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I- I I I I I I I I SP-45 - The controller shall have four separate irrigation programs (A, B, C, & D-drip) which may be programmed for different start times, station assignments, station watering time lengths and any of four independent cycle modes CUSTOM, CYCLICAL, ODD, or EVEN. Each program shall be capable of up to 6 starts times per day. - Each station of the controller shall be capable of an operating range from 0 to 12 hours, with 0 to 120 minutes selectable in 1 minute increments and above 120 minutes selectable in 10-minute increments. - The controllers shall have a separate water budget feature for each of the A, B, C, or D-drip programs. - The water budget feature shall allow simultaneous adjustment for all stations on a program from 0% of set running time to 300% of set running time. Adjustments shall be in 1 % increments. - The controller shall be capable of "stacking" A, B, and C programs and operating them sequentially to prevent overlapping irrigation cycles. Only the D-drip program shall be allowed to start at any time regardless of another program in operation. When the D-drip program is in operation along with an A, B, or C program, the controller shall be capable of displaying both stations that are in operation and their program assignments. - The controller shall have a 365-day calendar with a day-of-the-month OFF feature allowing the operator to set specific dates to be off up to 30 days in advance. - A date set to OFF shall override the normal, repeating day schedule and shall remain off on that date, and shall display to the operator that the current day is a non-water day. All OFF days shall revert to ON once the day passes, with the exception of the 31 st, which must be manually reset to ON. - Each of the four programs shall have the ability to be set with a time delay between operation of stations. This delay shall occur at the end of each station's watering and before proceeding to the next assigned watering station. The delay shall be adjustable from 0 seconds to 9 hours. - The controller shall have a master valve/ pump start circuit that shall provide 24-volt A.C. power for either a master valve or pump start relay when any of the controller's stations are in operation. - The controller shall provide the operator the capability to disable concurrent operation of the master valve/pump start circuit from any station desired. - The controller shall have a sensor circuit for connection to a rain sensor or to an underground moisture sensor system. When the sensor reaches its "wet" setting and is either interrupting or restricting voltage, the same restriction shall be made to the valve common terminal to prevent or interrupt irrigation. - The controller shall have an indicator light that shall be on whenever the sensor switch is set to "ACTIVE". - The controller shall have a front-face-panel-mounted sensor bypass switch that shall allow the operator to override the sensor if desired. - The controller shall have a battery recharging circuit and a factory-supplied 9-volt rechargeable battery. - A fully charged battery shall maintain clock time and program memory up to one week during a power outage. SP-46 - The controller shall have a nonvolatile memory to maintain the program during power outage in the absence of battery backup. - The front panel shall be removable and programmable under battery power. - The controller shall have a connector to mate to the remote control receiver. - The operator shall be able to remotely initialize and advance a manual test program that sequentially runs all stations that have time scheduled in any program for the default run time, start and stop any station without sequencing, start and stop any program and program the run time on any station in the program. - The remote operation shall be able to override the controller's rain sensor and off modes. . Rain Bird ESP-32MC Hybrid Controller - The irrigation system controller shall be of a hybrid type that combines electromechanical and microprocessor-based circuitry capable of fully automatic and manual operation. - The controller shall operate on a 117 V AC :l: 10% power input and be capable of actuating up to two 24 V AC, 7V A solenoid valves per station plus a master valve or pump start relay. - The controller shall be capable of operating four stations plus the master valve simultaneously. - Controller output shall be protected against severe electrical surge. - The controller shall have four separate irrigation programs (A, B, C, & D) which can have different start times, watering days, day cycles, and station timing. - Each program shall have eight start times per day. - Each station of the controller shall be capable of an operating time of 0 to 2 hours in one-minute increments and 2 to 12 hours in 10-minute increments. - The controller stations shall be capable of automatic sequential stacking to avoid overlapping operation unless programmed to overlap. - The controller shall have a 365-day calendar with day-of-the-month OFF feature. - Programs will run on an ODD/EVEN day cycle, day-of-the-week ON/OFF cycle, or in cycles from 1 to 99 days. - The controller shall have a programmable rain shut-down from 1 to 99 days. - The controller shall have two master valve/remote pump start circuits for use with a master valve to pressurize the system when the irrigation cycle starts or to activate a remote pump start relay to run the pump during the irrigation cycle. One master valve/pump start circuit shall be programmable by station; the other shall function whenever a station is active. - The controller shall be capable of being operated manually at any time. The controller shall allow a manual single station, a group of stations, or a program to be selected to run for a programmed time without affecting the normal program. - The controller shall be capable of running a variable system test program without affecting the normal program. - The controller shall be upgradeable by use of a Maxicom2@ Interface Board. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-47 - The controller shall have Cycle and Soak™ water management software that is capable of operating each station for a maximum cycle time and a minimum soak time to reduce water collection and run-off. - The maximum cycle time shall not be extended by water budgeting. - The controller shall include a feature that allows the setting of a delay between station operation. The delay shall be set by program and shall be able to be set from 0 seconds to 9 hours. - The controller shall have an internal nonvolatile memory which will retain the irrigation schedule for a minimum of 1 00 years without power. - The controller shall have a 9 VDC rechargeable battery and recharging circuit that shall be included for counting down the program-in progress during a power outage and shall allow programming of the controller when it is disconnected from the main power supply. - The controller shall have a station status indicator light and a master valve status indicator light. These lights will indicate station operation and circuit integrity. - An indicator for sensor status will be found on the front panel along with a switch to suspend sensor operation. . Rain Bird "Rain Stop" Rain Sensor The rain sensor shall employ an electromechanical actuating device designed to cause a circuit interrupt that temporarily disables the irrigation controller during periods of significant rainfall. - The device shall automatically restore the controller to a normal operating condition after a short length of time, subsequent to the rainfall. The device shall be suitable to be wired - normally closed (N.C.) - in series with the valve common; and, shall include a short-lead to allow wiring Normally open (N.a.) when necessary. - The device shall be of rugged construction to withstand the elements, including exposure to sunlight (U. V. ) - The device shall include a U.L.listed, 3A @ 125/250 V AC rated electrical switch. - The device shall be of sufficient capacity to be used with a maximum of three 24 V AC, 7 V A solenoid valves per station, plus one master valve. - The rain sensor shall incorporate a provision that allows the installer to select from several rainfall settings. The setting increments shall be displayed in both English and metric units. - The device shall include a vent ring to help control drying time of the mechanical components. SP-48 BackOow Preventer . Conbraco 3" Double Check Valve - The backflow preventer shall be a Double Check Valve type including four (4) resilient-seated test cocks and two (2) resilient-seated ball valves. - The two (2) check valves shall act independently and be internally loaded. - Each check valve shall maintain a minimum of 1 psi in the normal direction of flow, under static conditions. - Both check valves and all test cocks shall be top mounted for ease of testing, repair and maintenance. - The backflow preventer shall be suitable for supply pressure up to 175 psig and water temperatures from 33 to 1800 F. - The backflow preventer shall meet the requirements of the following standards: USC's FCCC & HR Manual, Sec. 10, ASSE 1015, AWWA C-51O and CSA B64.5. . Wiring - All 115 volt wiring shall conform to the local electrical codes. - All 24 volt control wire between the solenoid valves and the controllers shall be #14 gauge TWU-l 0 solid conductor, white jacket for the common wire, and co loured for the power wire. If two or more controllers are used, each unit must have their own common WIre. - For sports fields only, all main and lateral pipes shall have #14 gauge tracer wire installed underneath the pipe. . Manual Control and Isolation Valves - All manual valves shall be bronze gate valve construction, featuring a non-rising stem and minimum operating pressure of 125 psi. Bronze full-port ball valves are also acceptable. . Valve Boxes - All manual and automatic valves shall be enclosed in proper irrigation thermo-plastic Carson or Rain Bird valve boxes, of size as required to permit "ease of access" for servicing purposes. The boxes shall feature locking or hinged covers, with an impregnated green colour. - The term "ease of access" means that every solenoid and manual valve should have adequate access for all types of maintenance. - All valve access boxes shall be installed on a suitable base of gravel for proper foundation of box and easy levelling of box to proper grade, and also to provide proper drainage of the access boxes. All valve access boxes shall be provided with proper length and size extensions, wherever required, to bring the valve box level with the finish grade, unless specified to be buried below grade. - Valve boxes shall be located in planting areas whenever possible. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-49 - Locking bolts shall be installed in valve boxes. . Sleeves - All sleeving material shall be Class 160 PVc. - Electrical wiring shall have separate sleeves. EXECUTION Excavation And Backfill . Trenching - Trenches for sprinkler lines and wiring will be of sufficient width (minimum of six inches (6") to permit proper handling and installation of the pipe and fittings. - The first four inches (4") of backfill material over the pipe will be free of stone or any foreign objects greater than % inch diameter. The top six inches (6") of backfill shall be free of rocks over one inch, or trash. Piping less than 1 Y2 inches in diameter shall have a minimum cover of ten inches. Piping greater than l-Y2 inches in diameter shall have a minimum cover of fifteen inches. Any road crossings shall have a minimum eighteen inches of cover. - The backfill will be thoroughly compacted in six-inch lifts, and evened off with a minimum one inch of topsoil. - In rocky areas, the trenching depth will be two inches below normal trench depth, to allow for placement of selected fill. - All trenches that are opened during any particular working day will be closed and backfilled the same day. . Pulling - Where soil conditions allow the pipe depths of cover described above to be met; the irrigation piping may be directly installed without trenching by use of a vibratory plow. The feed blade must be equipped with a minimum bullet diameter of 1 Y2 times the outside diameter of the pipe to be installed. - In each of the above operations, all pipe interiors are to be (the Irrigation Contractor is responsible for) kept free from dirt, and debris. The site is to be restored to its original condition, including any damage to existing trees, shrubs, and structures, along with settlement of trenches within the warranty period. - Generally, piping under concrete or asphalt will be installed by jacking, boring or hydraulic driving. Where any cutting or breaking of sidewalks, concrete work and/or asphalt is necessary, it shall be removed and replaced by the Irrigation Contractor. Permission to cut or break sidewalks, concrete and/or asphalt will be obtained from those having proper jurisdiction. Where piping on the drawings is shown under paved areas but running parallel and adjacent of planted areas or turf areas, the intent of the drawings is that the pipe be installed in the planted or turf areas. SP-50 Plastic Pipe · PVC - One inch (1") or smaller will be Class 200 (SDR21). One and a quarter inch (1 W') or above shall be Class 160 (SDR26) .or approved equivalent. - Plastic pipes will be installed in a manner to provide for expansion and contraction as recommended by the manufacturers, along with the installation of concrete thrust blocks where the pipe changes direction. - All plastic to plastic joints will be solvent-weld joints or slip seal joints. Only the solvent recommended by the pipe manufacturer shall be used. All plastic pipe and fittings will be installed as outlined and instructed by the pipe manufacturers. - All plastic to metal joints will be made with male plastic adapters. Sprinklers and Turf Valves · The Irrigation Subcontractor will stake out the location of all sprinkler heads and turf valves prior to commencing installation to allow the Landscape Architect to verify all locations and give their approval. Spacing of the sprinkler heads and turf valves shall comply with the manufacturer's recommendations and drawings, and will not be exceeded except with permission of the Landscape Architect. · Heights of sprinkler heads and turf valves to be installed in areas where the turf has not yet been established will be detennined in consultation with the Landscape Architect, prior to installation. · All sprinkler heads and turf valves will be set perpendicular to finished grades unless otherwise designated on the drawings, or otherwise specified. Sprinkler heads adjacent to existing walls, curbs and other paved areas will be set to grade. Sprinkler Risers · All 1" rotor sprinklers and quick coupling valves will be installed with PVC unitized swing joints. Control Valves · All control valves will be installed in proper irrigation valve boxes, in such a manner as to readily pennit servicing and operation. . A six inch (6") gravel sump shall be included in the excavation of each valve box. Mounting Of Automatic Controller . The controller will be installed at the location showed on the irrigation drawings. · The unit shall be installed as the manufacturer had intended, utilizing fasteners specifically designed for the application. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-51 Wiring . All 110 volt wiring to the controller will be enclosed in PVC electrical conduit or completed with BX cable. . The unit is to be grounded in compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the local electrical code. . All visible low voltage wires will be enclosed in P.V.C. electrical conduit. Direct burial wire may be trenched or placed in a common trench beneath plastic irrigation pipes, or lain with a vibratory plough (but not pulled), and must have a minimum cover of ten inches (10"). Provision must be made for expansion and contraction of all direct burial wire, including protection from foreign objects. . All electrical wire connections to remote control electric valve and splices in the field will be completed with a weatherproof wire connector. Flushing and Set Up . Upon completion of each section or of the entire installation, and prior to assembly of nozzles and pop-up components, the control valves will be opened and a full head of water used to flush out the system. Sprinkler assembly can then be completed, including all necessary adjustments and setup procedures. Sleeves . The Irrigation pipe and wiring will be protected at all sidewalk, roadway and creek bed crossings with a sleeve measuring I y;" diameter, or two sizes larger than the irrigation pipe, whichever is larger. Sleeving material at roadways and creek beds shall have eighteen inches (18") of cover and walkways twelve inches, (12") respectively. TESTING, OPERATION AND INSPECTION Testing . Flush all lines and ensure that all air is expelled from the system. . Inspect all visible piping, and walk all buried lines for any leakage. . If a pump is included, verify direction of rotation (if applicable), operating pressure, and any leakage. · Any repairs necessary to render the system in good working order will be completed at this time. SP-52 Operation · Verify all sprinkler settings, overlap, nozzle sizes, and operating pressures. · Adjust the flow control on automatic valves where necessary. · Program the controller into a logical sequence to comply with local watering bylaws or endeavour to accomplish heavy infrequent water cycles. · Program each station to satisfy the watering requirements of the relevant plant material. Inspection · The system will not be considered complete and in compliance with the intent of these specifications and design until inspected by the Landscape Architect or Owners Representative. ITEM NO. 29 SUPPLY AND INSTALL FLOW METER, BACKFLOW PREVENTER, AND PRECAST MANHOLES For the unit price bid for this item, the Contractor shall: · Supply and install precast concrete manholes, including frame and grates, insulation, ladder rungs, frost straps etc. · Supply and install piping, fittings, valves, meter, backflow protection, and equipment in the chamber, to the limit of payment shown on the drawings. . Support and block all piping as required. . Supply and install corrosion protection wrap. · Provide for excavating, bedding, backfilling and restoration. · All other work shown on the drawings or as required to make the works operational. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-53 Eauioment Pressure gauges Provide pressure gauges to be complete with snubbing devices and isolating ball valves according to the following: . Gauges -- 114 mm dia. dial complete with phosphor bronze bourdon tube and stainless steel rotary movement, phenolic or reinforced polypropylene case. Accuracy +/-~% of range. Trerice No. 450B, Ashcroft Model 1279 or approved equal. Flow meter The flow meter shall be a W-350 DR, Bronze Magnetic Drive c/w flanged ends as supplied by Sensus or approved equal. The flowmeter shall be a 75 nun dia. turbine type meter capable of measuring flows in the range of 0.3 to 22 Lis with an accuracy of +/- 1.5%. The meter shall be equipped with a single register indicating rate of flow in Lis and totalizing flow in cubic metres. The register shall be magnetically coupled to the meter. The meter body shall be of bronze construction with stainless steel trim. The metering body shall contain straightening veins to minimize the swirl position upstream of the meter, so as to direct the flow evenly to the rotor. The meter body shall be constructed so that the measuring chamber and straightening veins can be removed without removing the main body casting from the piping. Except as modified by the foregoing, the meter shall comply with A WW A Standard C701 (most recent revision). Backflow Preventer Backflow preventer shall be of the reduced pressure principle type consisting of two spring loaded resilient seated check valves with an automatic pressure differential relief valve, two isolating gate valves, and properly located test cocks. The valve shall be Watts No. 909, or approved equal. Flange ratings shall be A.N.S.!. BI6.1, Class 125. Pre-cast Manholes The Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete installation of the structures. The structures are to be 1200 nun dia precast manholes (OPSD 701.0 10) with frame and grates as per OPSD 401.030. The Contractor shall excavate to the required grade, supply the necessary granular bedding and backfill and compact the material in accordance with OPSS 516. SP-54 The Contractor shall supply and install frames and grates as shown on the drawings to the grade established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall supply ladder rungs. Compaction around maintenance holes shall be done using a "Hoepac" type of compaction unit. Watermain Watennain material shall be Ductile Iron (DI) Pressure Class 350 in accordance with A WW A C15!. Pipe and Valve Installation General Install all pipe in locations as shown on the drawings, make deviations from these locations only after written approval from the Engineer; obtain approval from Engineer for location of piping not specifically shown on drawings. Provide pipe sleeves of carbon steel complete with seal rings welded on the outside where pipes pass through concrete walls and slabs. Provide unions to permit removal of valves and equipment on all pipelines having threaded or solvent welded joints. Install all piping in neat, parallel lines with valves located in accessible positions wherever possible. Install underground process piping and drains in accordance with standard bedding details; install underground process pipe generally in accordance with the watermain installation special provision. Provide pipe support as detailed in the drawings. Corrosion Wrap All exposed piping, fittings, valves, couplings, etc., within the valve chamber shall be protected using Denso materials as manufactured by Denso of Canada Ltd, Agincourt, Ontario, Phone 416- 291-7756, or approved equal. Materials shall be supplied and applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The cost of supplying and installing this material shall be included in the unit price for the chamber. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-55 ITEM NO. 30 SUPPL Y AND INSTALL DIRECT BURIED TYPE 2 PVC CONDUIT FOR WIRING TO STREET LIGHTING Supply and install 50 and 75 mm PVC conduit from the local hydro power poles and junction boxes to the street lighting poles and between street lighting poles for street lighting wiring, including all necessary trenching and backfilling. Rigid PVC conduit, 75 mm diameter, shall be provided to the local hydro company for installation on the poles. All PVC conduit shall be installed in an envelope of 150 mm fine sand, above and below the conduits. The conduits shall be installed at a depth of one metre and in accordance with OPSS 603 for road crossings and 600 mm depth below finished sidewalk grade. ITEM NO. 31 EROSION CONTROL For the unit price bid for erosion control, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to provide the erosion control required for this project as shown on the drawings and as specified in accordance with OPSS 577 Construction Specification for Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Measures. Payment shall be as follows: (a) 50% for initial installation (b) 30% for maintenance (c) 20% for removal ITEM NO. 32 BONDING AND INSURANCE For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall include the cost of bonding and insurance as specified in the Information to Bidders and the General Conditions of Contract. Payment under this item will be made with the first payment certificate. ITEM NO. 33 CONTINGENCIES A lump sum allowance has been made for contingencies in the contract. Only those additional items approved in writing on behalf of the Owner, by the Engineer, will be expended from this allowance. SP-56 ITEM NO. 34 LUMP SUM FOR OTHER REQUIREMENTS For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall enter an amount for additional labour, equipment or material required to complete the contract but not specifically covered by or related to the other items in the Schedule of Items and Prices. The unit price bid may include, but are not limited to, the following: watchmen, on-site washroom facilities, permits and approvals (other than those to be paid for by the Owner) or acquiring the services of the local operating authorities. Each progress payment certificate will include a percentage of the tender price for this item in proportion to the percentage of the permanent works completed. The submission by a tenderer of an unbalanced price for this item renders the tender liable to disqualification. ITEM NO. 35 MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION This item in the Schedule of Items and Prices (or, in the case of a lump sum type contract, in the breakdown schedule) is to cover the Contractor's cost of mobilization at the beginning of the construction period and demobilization at the close of the construction period. The price entered for this item shall be consistent with the costs involved but shall not, in any event, exceed ten percent (10%) of the total tender price. If the Tenderer has entered against this item in his tender a price in excess of 10% of the total tender price, the Owner shall, in preparing contract documents based upon the tender, reduce the. price for the said item to an amount not exceeding 10% of the total tender price and shall add the amount of the reduction to the price for the "Lump Sum for Other Requirements" item so that the total tender price shall not be affected. Sixty percent (60%) of the price for the Mobilization and Demobilization item shall be considered as relating to mobilization and the balance to demobilization. The payment for mobilization shall be included in the first payment certificate issued for the contract subject to the Engineer being satisfied that full mobilization has been carried out. If the Engineer is not so satisfied, he shall allow a payment which, in his opinion, reflects the degree of mobilization effected to date. The payment for demobilization shall become due following substantial completion of the works and subject to the Engineer being satisfied that full demobilization has been carried out. The Engineer may, in his discretion, allow partial payment for demobilization before full demobilization has been effected. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-57 ITEM NO. 36 SUPPLY, EXCA VA TE FOR, AND PLANT TREES (PROVISIONAL) For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for the complete installation of the tree planting. A listing of the tree quantity and variety is provided a Table 1. QUALITY ASSURANCE The work in this section shall be executed by a Contractor who has adequate facilities, equipment, and skilled supervisors and tradesmen to perform work expeditiously, and who is known to have been responsible for satisfactory installations during a period of at least five (5) years. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL Plant Material: · Make arrangements for prior inspection and approval of plant stock by the Landscape Architect at the source of supply, at a time mutually agreed upon. · Prior approval shall not invalidate rejection of stock at their inspections, should it prove deficient or damaged due to transport or other occurrences. · All plant material shall be in grown in climate conditions similar to those of the installation site. Topsoil Admixtures: · Work specified in this section shall include testing of topsoil admixtures, if requested by Owner, prior to commencement of work. MATERIAL DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING · Label the manufactured, processed or otherwise prepared materials which are packaged to indicate manufacturer, contents, weight, and a detailed description of the material. If delivered in bulk, submit affidavits as specified for labels, certifying that the materials meet specified requirements. · Store and protect fertilizer, bone-meal, mulching material, and other admixtures to prevent damage from moisture or contamination. · Coordinate shipping of plants and the planting operations, to ensure minimum time lapse between digging and planting. SP-58 · Protect plant material from abrasion, exposure, and extreme temperature change during transit. · Shrubs and trees which cannot be planted immediately after delivery shall be heeled-in, in a shaded area, and kept moist as appropriate for each species. INTERIM MAINTENANCE · The Contractor shall be responsible for interim maintenance of plant material up to the point of Final Acceptance and client maintenance take-over, and such maintenance shall be considered part of the installation work. · The Contractor must immediately replace all dead or dying plants during the guarantee period, as required by Owner. Replacement of plants only at the end of the guarantee period will not be acceptable. · This interim maintenance in regard to new planting shall consist of: Pruning, watering, fertilizing, cultivating, weeding, mulching, tightening and repairing of guys, resetting plants to proper grades or upright position, restoration of planting saucer, furnishing, and application of such sprays and protective barriers are necessary to keep plants free of insects, rodents, diseases, and such maintenance as required at the direction of the Owner. Keeping soil within confines of planting saucer around trees which are not in planting bed areas, and keeping planting beds shallowly cultivated and free of weeds; do not cultivate areas where groundcover is becoming established. Adding commercial fertilizer 10-10-10 according to the manufacturer's instructions at the end of the interim maintenance period. ACCEPTANCE · Preliminary Acceptance shall be given at the end of the 45-day lien period to all material showing well developed foliage, healthy growth, and bud forming at the time of inspection. This also included related materials and execution as specified herein. · Final acceptance shall be given to all plant material meeting the same conditions as Preliminary Acceptance, one year after Preliminary Acceptance has been granted. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-59 GUARANTEE · The Contractor shall be required to guarantee all work and plants specified in section of the contract, twelve (12) months from the date of written Preliminary Acceptance of the work by the Owner. The plants shall be in a healthy growing condition by the end of the guarantee period. Plants with dead or dying branches, which in the opinion of the Owner are sufficient to detract from the character and form of the plant, will not be accepted. Replacements required at the end of the guarantee period shall be plants of the same kind and size as shown in the plant list and on the drawings, furnished and planted as specified in the contract documents. The cost of replacement shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. · Reinstatement to the original condition of all material disturbed or removed in the replacement procedure, or damaged by his workmen, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor at his own expense. Replacement plants shall be subject to his guarantee requirement. JOB CONDITIONS · Installations of work of this section shall be done during suitable weather conditions and growth season for each specified material, and as approved by the Landscape Architect. MATERIALS TOPSOIL · Shall be imported topsoil as supplied by a local, reputable supplier refer to Section 02921 Topsoil & Finish Grading. MULCH · Shall be shredded bark mulch with chips ranging in size from 25 to 50 mm in diameter. WATER . Potable TREE PROTECTION MATERIALS AND RODENT CONTROL · Deciduous tree trunks of caliper size shall be protected with cardboard sleeves or approved equal during transport and installation. Burlap wrap will not be permitted. SP-60 PLANT MATERIAL . Quality and source: Comply with the latest Guide Specification for Nursery Stock, published by the Canadian Nursery Trades Association, referring to size and development of plant material and root-ball. Measure plants when branches are in their natural position. Height and Spread Dimensions Refer to main body of plant and from branch tip and branch tip. Measure caliper 300mm above ground level. Use plant materials of No. I grade. The Contractor shall, at the discretion of the Owner, be required to submit affidavits that plant materials are of No. I grade only. Label each plant to type, grade, and size. Use trees and shrubs that are structurally sound, with strong fibrous root system free of disease, insects, defects, or injuries. Use trees with straight stems well and characteristically branches for species and as specified on the plant lists. Plants must have been transplanted or root pruned regularly, but not later than nine months prior to arrival on site. . Container Stock Container grown stock is acceptable if containers were large enough for root development. Trees and shrubs must have grown in container for minimum of one growing season, but not longer than two. Root system must be able to hold soil when removed from container. Plants that have been root-bound are not acceptable. Container stock must have been fertilized with slow release fertilizer. EXECUTION EXAMINATION · Examine the site before commencement of work, and inform the Landscape Architect if site conditions will not permit completion of work as specified in this section. · Ensure that sub-grade preparation and drainage are satisfactory for continuing maintenance and growth of materials specified in this section. WORKMANSHIP . Coordinate operations. Keep site clean and planting holes drained. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I :1 I I I I I I I I SP-61 PREPARATION . Sub-grade for planting beds and tree pits: . Scarify subsoil below root-ball to the depth and width shown on planting details. . Location of trees: Stake out all tree locations and planting beds, and obtain the Landscape Architect's approval before excavating. Cooperate with the Landscape Architect where minor adjustments to such locations are necessary. The proposed location of trees and plants on drawings is approximate only and may require adjustment due to site conditions. . Excavation for trees and planting beds: Excavate planting pits for trees as detailed, unless otherwise shown on drawings. Minimum diameter of pits to be 600 mm larger than the root-ball diameter for all trees. Excavate planting beds to minimum depth of 400 mtn, unless shown otherwise on drawings. Backfilling for planting beds and trees: -+ Add bone-meal to the soil mixture at the rate of 0.6 kglm2. -+ Mix topsoil, peat-moss, and other additives thoroughly on site, not more than two days before backfilling. -+ Do not mix or backfill when soil mixture is in a muddy or frozen condition. -+ Backfill to a height above finished grade sufficient to allow for, natural settlement, or as more specifically shown on the planting details. -+ Backfill soil mixture in layers not exceeding 150 mm in depth. Tamp each layer firmly before placing subsequent layers. -+ Rake soil mix smooth to indicated finish grade levels. -+ Compact soil mix by rolling to a consistent Standard Proctor Density of 80%- 85%, or as directed by the Landscape Architect. -+ Finish grades to a smooth, loose-textured surface free of depressions and stones, roots, branches, and similar natural materials larger than 50 mm. Remove all materials of an unnatural kind, and concentrated accumulations of gravel. SP-62 PLANTING TIME · Provide the Landscape Architect with a planting schedule. Extending planting operations over a long period, using a limited crew, will not be acceptable. · Ensure that watering facilities are available. Use anti-desiccant when planting during heat of summer only as directed by the Landscape Architect. Contractor shall not assume that water for plant materials is available on site. · Plant only under conditions that are conducive to the health and best physical conditions of plant material. INSTALLATION . Plants and trees: Plant during suitable weather conditions, according to locally accepted practice, and with the Landscape Architect's approval. Set plumb in the centre of the pit at the same relation to grade as originally shown, after settlement has taken place. Plant trees and shrubs vertically and faced to give best appearance in relation to primary visual experience. Set plants in partly filled pits or beds of soil mixture, allowing at least 150 rom of soil mixture under each plant. Remove all ropes, wires, etc., and pull burlap away from top of root-ball. Constantly tamp soil around root-ball to eliminate air pockets. Soak soil mixture thoroughly with water when hole is filled halfway. Fill hole completely, leaving a shallow saucer directly over the root-ball, and slightly smaller in diameter than the excavation. Allow enough soil mix to anticipate settling to the specified depth and finish grade. Water trees and planting beds thoroughly immediately after planting. Apply specified mulch. Ensure that the top of the root-ball of caliper sized trees and coniferous trees are 150 mm above surrounding finished grade. Stake trees as per detail. . Pruning: Prune only as necessary to remove dead, broken, or diseased branches. Preserve the natural form and character of plants. Use only sharp, clean tools and make cuts almost flush without leaving stubs. Trace back to living tissue all cuts, bruises, and scars on the bark. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SP-63 . Spraying: Spray plants with anti-desiccant only when approved by the Landscape Architect. . Mulching: Obtain the Landscape Architect's approval of planting before mulching material is applied. Loosen soil in planting beds and pits and remove all debris and weeds. Spread mulch to minimum acceptable thickness as specified. Mulch material susceptible to blowing must be moistened and mixed with small amount of topsoil before applying. When mulch is applied in the fall, place immediately after planting. When mulch is applied in spring, wait until soil has warmed up. . Rodent protection: Apply "Scoot" rodent repellent to all plant materials as directed by the Landscape Architect. ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS · At the time of Final Acceptance at project completion, and again at termination of the guarantee period, work of this section will be inspected by the Landscape Architect, and adjustments and replacements shall be made under work of this section in accordance with the following sections. · Commencement of the guarantee period is predicated on acceptance of work of this section with only minor deficiencies. · Adjustment and replacement work shall be performed as specified in this section with materials of same size, variety, and quality of material replaced. · Replacement work shall be done under a guarantee of the same length and conditions as described in this specification. It shall date from the time of the Landscape Architect's approval of replacement work. · Replace plant stock that is dead or not in a flourishing and satisfactory growing state, or does not meet specification requirements. Remove dead stock immediately. Replace stock at proper time during the next planting season. · If settlement has occurred at planting pits and beds, fill in to specified grade with specified planting soil mix. SP-64 INTERIM MAINTENANCE · The contractor shall be responsible for interim maintenance of plant material up to the point of Final Acceptance, and such maintenance shall be considered part of the installation work. · This interim maintenance in regard to new planting shall consist of: Pruning, watering, fertilizing, cultivating, weeding, mulching, tightening and repairing of guys, resetting plants to proper grades or upright position, restoration of planting saucer, furnishing, and application of such sprays and guards as are necessary to keep plants free of damage from insects, rodents, and diseases, and such maintenance as required at the direction of the Landscape Architect. Keeping soil within confines of planting saucer around trees, and keeping tree and shrub planting beds shallowly cultivated and free of weeds; mulched groundcover beds shall not be cultivated. Keeping plastic tree guards and guy wires in proper repair. Adding commercial fertilizer 10-6-4 according to the manufacturer's instruction at the end of the interim maintenance period. TABLE 1 Quantity Botanical Name Common Name Caliper Condition 7 Acer Freemanii Autumn Blaze SOmm Wire Basket "Autumn Blaze" 7 Acer Rubrum Morgan Maple SOmm Wire Basket "Morgan" 6 Acer Saccharum Sugar Maple SOmm Wire Basket S Fraxinus Pennsylvanica Green Ash SOmm Wire Basket lanceolata Hei2ht 7 Acer Freemanii Autumn Blaze S' - 6' Bare Root "Autumn Blaze" 7 Acer Rubrum Morgan 3' - 4' Bare Root "Morgan" 6 Acer Saccharum Sugar Maple 3' -4' Bare Root S Fraxinus Pennsylvanica Green Ash 3' - 4' Bare Root lanceolata I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1999. 1.0 2.0 SGC.l SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS The following items shall supplement the OPS General Conditions of Contract, September Section GC2.02, Order of Precedence, shall be revised such that documents shall take precedence and govern in the following order: a) Agreement b) Addenda c) Special Provisions d) Contract Drawings e) Information to Bidders f) Standard Specifications g) Standard Drawings h) Tender i) Supplemental General Conditions j) General Conditions Section GC8.02.02, Advance Payments for Materials, shall be revised as follows: "The Owner may make advanced payments for materials on site, provided: a) That such materials or equipment has been delivered and is properly stored on the construction site. b) The Contractor has presented the Contract Administrator with invoices to verify the costs of such materials or equipment. " F:\wp\Contracts\Fonns\Supp. Gen. Conditions. doc I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I- ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARDS FOR ROADS AND PUBLIC WORKS GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT SEPTEMBER 1999 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT Table of Contents SECTION GC 1.0 - INTERPRETATION GC 1.01 Captions........ ...... .................. ...... ....... ........................... .................. ... ........ ..............1 GC 1.02 Abbreviations ...... ................. .... ... .................. ............................... ........................ ....1 GC 1.03 Gender and Singular References ... .......... .............. ................. ............................ ....1 GC 1.04 Definitions.............. ................................ ... .......................................... .............. .......1 GC 1.05 Substantial Performance............. ....... .... ................. ....... ........... ............. .................. 5 GC 1.06 Completion .......... ....... ....... ....... ................. ....... ....... ....... .......... .... ............................ 6 GC 1.07 Final Acceptance ................................... .................... ........................... ........ ........... 6 GC 1.08 Interpretation of Certain Words ................................... .................................. .... ... .... 6 SECTION GC 2.0 . CONTRACT DOCUMENTS GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents ............................................................................ 7 GC 2.02 Order of Precedence.. ..................... .............. ....... ... .............. .......... .... ....... .............. 7 SECTION GC 3.0 . ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT GC 3.01 Contract Administrator's Authority...... ...... .................. ........................ .......... ........ ...8 GC 3.02 Working Drawings.......... ...................................................................................... ....9 GC 3.03 Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment.................. 9 GC 3.04 Emergency Situations....... ........... .................................................... ......................10 GC 3.05 Layout .................................. .................................................................................. 10 GC 3.06 Working Area ......... .............................................. ............................ ................. .....10 GC 3.07 Extension of Contract Time...... .................................................... ........ .................. 10 GC 3.08 Delays.............. ..................... ........................................................................ .........11 GC 3.09 Assignment of Contract... ...... .................. ...... ................................... .............. .... ....11 GC 3.10 Subcontracting by the Contractor .............. ........... ........................... ......................11 GC 3.11 Changes ..... .......... .............. .................................................................................... 12 GC 3.11.01 Changes in the Work .............................................................................................12 GC 3.11.02 Extra Work .............................................................................................................12 OPS General Conditions of Contrad - September 1999 Table of Contents - i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC 3.11.03 Additional Worle........ ...................................... ....................................................... 12 GC 3.12 Notices.......................... ... ............................................. ............. .......... .................. 12 GC 3.13 Use and Occupancy ofthe Work Prior to Substantial Performance...................... 13 GC 3.14 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation....... .............................. .................................. .....13 GC 3.14.01 Continuance of the Work .......................................................................................13 GC 3.14.02 Record Keeping............... ....................... ......... ................. ........... ...... .............. ......13 GC 3.14.03 Claims Procedure.. .., .................... ...................................................... .......... ......... 13 GC 3.14.04 Negotiations..................................................... ................................... .......... .........14 GC 3.14.05 Mediation........ ....................... ......... ........... ...................... ............. ........ ..................14 GC 3.14.06 Payment ............................................................................. ........................ ............14 GC 3.14.07 Rights of Both Parties .......... ................................................ ........ .......... ... ....... ..... .15 GC 3.15 Engineering Arbitration ........... .............................................. ................. ........... .....15 GC 3.15.01 Conditions for Engineering Arbitration .......................... ...... ................. .............. ....15 GC 3.15.02 Arbitration Procedure..................................................... ........ .............................. ..15 GC 3.15.03 Appointment of Arbitrator ................................................ ......................... ..............15 GC 3.15.04 Costs......................... .... ..................................................... ....... .................... ........ .16 GC 3.15.05 The Decision........................................................................................ ............. .....16 GC 3.16 Archaeological Finds.......................... ........ ....... ........... ............ ................ ...... ........ 16 SECTION GC 4.0 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBiliTIES AND RIGHTS GC 4.01 Working Area ..... ........... .......... .......... ................... ............. .......... ......... .............. .... 17 GC 4.02 Approvals and Permits...........................................................................................17 GC 4.03 Management and Disposition of Materials............................................................. 17 GC 4.04 Construction Affecting Railway Property ...............................................................18 GC 4.05 Default by the Contractor ...... .... ...................................... ..... ............ ..... ....... ..... ..... 18 GC 4.06 Notification of Default........................................ ................................................ .....18 GC 4.07 Contractor's Right to Correct a Default..................................................................18 GC 4.08 Owner's Right to Correct Default ...........................................................................18 GC 4.09 Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work .......................................18 Teble of Contents - ii oPs General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 GC 4.10 GC 4.11 GC4.12 GC 4.13 Final Payment to Contractor ... .... ................. ......................................... .................19 Termination of the Contract..................................................... .............................. 19 Continuation of Contractor's Obligations............................................................... 19 Use of Performance Bond....... .............. .............. ................. ....... .... ............. .......... 19 SECTION GC 5.0 - MATERIAL GC 5.01 GC 5.02 GC 5.03 GC 5.04 GC 5.05 GC 5.05.01 GC 5.05.02 Supply of Material.................................................................................................. 20 Quality of Material.......................... ........................................................................ 20 Rejected Material......................................................................................... .......... 20 Substitutions........................................................................................................... 20 Owner Supplied Material...................................................................................... ..21 Ordering of Excess Material........ .... ......... ........ .... ... ....... ... ..................... ... .... ... ......21 Care of Material................................................................................................. ..... 21 SECTION GC 6.0 -INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE GC 6.01 GC 6.02 GC 6.03 GC 6.03.01 GC 6.03.02 GC6.03.03 GC 6.03.04 GC 6.03.05 GC 6.03.05.01 GC 6.03.05.02 GC 6.03.05.03 GC 6.03.05.04 GC 6.03.06 GC 6.03.07 GC 6.04 Protection of Work, Persons and Property.......... .................................... .............. 23 Indemnification...................................................................................................... ..23 Contractor's Insurance............................................................................ ............. ..24 General. ................................................................................................................. 24 General Liability Insurance.............................. ...................................................... 24 Automobile Liability Insurance......................... ..................................................... .24 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance.... ............................................. .......... ..25 Property and Boiler Insurance. ............................ .................. .............................. ..25 Property Insurance.................................................. .......................................... .....25 Boiler Insurance........................ .............................. ............................................... 25 Use and Occupancy ofthe Work Prior to Completion ...........................................25 Payment for Loss or Damage.. ........... ................ ..... ............. .................................26 Contractor's Equipment Insurance......................................................................... 26 Insurance Requirements and Duration................................. ................................ .26 Bonding..... .......... .... ........ ...... ...................... ..... ..................... ............................. ....27 GC 7.01 SECTION GC 7.0 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK General..... ........................ .......................... ...........................................................28 OPs General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 Table of Contents - iii I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC 7.02 GC 7.03 GC 7.04 GC 7.05 GC 7.06 GC 7.07 GC 7.08 GC 7.09 GC 7.10 GC 7.11 GC 7.12 GC 7.13 GC 7.14 GC 7.15 Layout................ .................................................................................................... 29 Damage by Vehicles or Other Equipment .............................................................30 Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles......................................................................... 30 Condition of the Working Area............................................................................... 30 Maintaining Roadways and Detours.................... ...... ................................ ............ 30 Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility Services .......31 Approvals and Permits...................................................... .....................................31 Suspension of Work..................................................................... .......................... 32 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract............................ 32 Notices by the Contractor .... .............. ....... ... ........... ... ........... ... ....... .... ... .... .... ........32 Obstructions ........................................................................................................... 33 Limitations of Operations.................................................................... ...................33 Cleaning Up Before Acceptance............................................................................ 33 Warranty................................................................................................................. 33 SECTION GC 8.0 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Measurement......................................................................................................... 35 GC 8.01 GC 8.01.01 GC 8.01.02 GC 8.02 GC 8.02.01 GC 8.02.02 GC 8.02.03 GC 8.02.03.01 GC 8.02.03.02 GC 8.02.03.03 GC 8.02.03.04 GC 8.02.03.05 GC 8.02.03.06 GC 8.02.03.07 GC 8.02.03.08 GC 8.02.03.09 GC 8.02.03.10 GC 8.02.03.11 Quantities.. .......................................................................................... .......... ......... 35 Variations in Tender Quantities... .... ...................................... ...... ........................... 35 Payment ....... ....... .... ............. ....... .... ....... ... ... .... ....... .............. ........... ... .............. .....35 Price for Work.... .......................................... .... ......................................................35 Advance Payments for Material.. ........ ... ................. ...... .... .... ... .... .... ... .............. .....36 Certification and Payment................................................................... ................... 36 Progress Payment Certificate.. ....... ... ........... ...... .... ....... ....... ........ ... ... ....... ............36 Certification of Subcontract Completion ................................................................37 Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Certificate and Payment ......................37 Certification of Substantial Performance ..... ..... ......... ..... ....................................... 37 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates............................................................... 38 Certification of Completion.......... ........................................................................... 38 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates.............................................................................................. 39 Interest.. ....... ....................................................................................... ................... 39 Interest for Late Payment.................................................................... ...................39 Interest for Negotiations and Claims.............................................................. ....... .40 Owner's Set-Off.................................. ................................................ ................... .40 Tele of Contents - iv OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 GC 8.02.03.12 GC 8.02.04 GC 8.02.04.01 GC 8.02.04.02 GC 8.02.04.03 GC 8.02.04.04 GC 8.02.04.05 GC 8.02.04.06 GC 8.02.04.06.01 GC 8.02.04.06.02 GC 8.02.04.07 GC 8.02.04.08 GC 8.02.04.09 GC 8.02.05 GC 8.02.06 GC 8.02.07 GC 8.02.08 GC 8.02.09 Delay in Payment......... ............................................................ ................. .............40 Payment on a Time and Material Basis .................................................................40 Definitions..................................................... ................ .......... ........... ........... .........40 Daily Work Records...................................................... .......... ........ .......... ....... ......41 Payment for Work........................................................... ................ ................. ......41 Payment for Labour...................................... .................... .......... ...........................42 Payment for Material..................................................... .... .....................................42 Payment for Equipment ................................................ .........................................42 Working Time................................................... ............. ........... ....... .......................42 Standby Time................................................ .................... ....... ....... ................. ......42 Payment for Hand Tools............................................... ........... ................. .............43 Payment for Work by Subcontractors ....................................................................43 Submission of Invoices.............................................. ....... ...... ...................... .........43 Final Acceptance Certificate .................... ..... ............. ....... ........... ............. ........... ..43 Payment of Workers.................................................. .............. ................. .............44 Records..................................................................................... ...... ... .... .... ... ... .... ..44 Taxes and Duties..................................................................... .... ... ..... ..................44 Liquidated Damages...................................................... .......... .......... ....................45 OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 Table of Contents - v I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC 1.01 Ontario Provincial Standards for Roads and Public Works September 1999 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT SECTION GC 1.0 - INTERPRETATION Captions .01 The captions appearing in these General Conditions have been inserted as a matter of convenience and for ease of reference only and in no way define, limit or enlarge the scope or meaning of the General Conditions or any provision hereof. GC 1.02 Abbreviations .01 The abbreviations on the left below are commonly found in the Contract Documents and represent the organizations and phrases listed on the right: "AASHTO" "ANSI" "ASTM" "AWG" "AVN'JA" "CESA" "CGSB" "CSA" "CWB" "GC" "MOE" "MTC" "MTO" "MUTCD" "OPS" "OPSD" "OPSS" "PEO" "SAE" "SSPC" "UL" "ULC" GC 1.03 American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials American National Standards Institute American Society for Testing and Materials American Wire Gauge American Water Works Association Canadian Engineering Standards Association Canadian General Standards Board Canadian Standards Association Canadian Welding Bureau General Conditions Ministry ofthe Environment (Ontario) Ministry of Transportation (Ontario) Ministry of Transportation (Ontario) Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, published by MTO Ontario Provincial Standard Ontario Provincial Standard Drawing Ontario Provincial Standard Specification Professional Engineers Ontario Society of Automotive Engineers Structural Steel Painting Council Underwriters Laboratories Underwriters Laboratories Canada Gender and Singular References .01 References to the masculine or singular throughout the Contract Documents shall be considered to include the feminine and the plural and vice versa as the context requires. GC 1.04 Definitions .01 For the purposes of this Contract the following definitions apply: Actual Measurement: means the field measurement of that quantity within the approved limits of the Work. OPS General Conditions of Contrad - September 1999 Page 1 Additional Work: means work not provided for in the Contract and not considered by the Contract Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope. Base: means a layer of material of specified type and thickness placed immediately below the pavement, driving surface, finished grade, curb and gutter, or sidewalk. Certificate of Subcontract Completion: means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator in accordance with clause GC 8.02.03.02, Certification of Subcontract Completion. Certificate of Substantial Performance: means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at Substantial Performance. Change Directive: means any written instruction signed by the Owner, or by the Contract Administrator where so authorized, directing that a Change in the Work or Extra Work be performed. Change in the Work: means the deletion, extension, increase, decrease or alteration of lines, grades, dimensions, quantities, methods, drawings, substantial changes in geotechnical, subsurface, surface or other conditions, changes in the character of the Work to be done or materials of the Work or part thereof, within the intended scope of the Contract. Change Order: means a written amendment to the Contract signed by the Contractor and the Owner, or the Contract Administrator where so authorized, covering contingencies, a Change in the Work, Extra Work, Additional Work and changed subsurface conditions, and establishing the basis for payment and the time allowed for the adjustment of the Contract Time. Completion Certificate: means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at completion. Constructor: means, for the purposes of, and within the meaning of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1, as amended and amendments thereto, the Contractor who executes the Contract. Contract: means the undertaking by the Owner and the Contractor to perform their respective duties, responsibilities and obligations as prescribed in the Contract Documents. Contract Administrator: means the person, partnership or corporation designated by the Owner to be the Owner's representative for the purposes of the Contract. Contract Documents: mean the executed Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, the Tender, the General Conditions of Contract, the Supplemental General Conditions of Contract, Standard Specifications, Special Provisions, Contract Drawings, addenda incorporated in a Contract Document before the execution of the Agreement, such other documents as may be listed in the Agreement and subsequent amendments to the Contract Documents made pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement. Contract Drawings: or Contract Plans: mean drawings or plans, any Geotechnical Report, any Subsurface Report and other reports and information provided by the Owner for the Work, and without limiting the generality thereof, may include soil profiles, foundation investigation reports, reinforcing steel schedules, aggregate sources lists, Quantity Sheets, cross-sections and standard drawings. Contract Time: means the time stipulated in the Contract Documents for Substantial Performance of the Work, including any extension of Contract Time made pursuant to the Contract Documents. Contractor: means the person, partnership or corporation undertaking the Work as identified in the Agreement. Controlling Operation: means any component of the Work, which, if delayed, will delay the completion of the Work. Page 2 OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I" I I I I I I I I Cost Plus: See "Time and Material". Cut-Off Date: means the date up to which payment will be made for work performed. Daily Work Records: mean daily Records detailing the number and categories of workers and hours worked or on standby; types and quantities of Equipment and number of hours in use or on standby; and description and quantities of Material utilized. Day: means a calendar day. Drawings: or Plans: mean any Contract Drawings or Contract Plans or any Working Drawings or Working Plans, or any reproductions of drawings or plans pertaining to the Work. Equipment: means all machinery and equipment used for preparing, fabricating, conveying or erecting the Work and normally referred to as construction machinery and equipment. Estimate: means a calculation of the quantity or cost of the Work or part of it depending on the context. Extra Work: means work not provided for in the Contract as awarded but considered by the Contract Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope, including unanticipated work required to comply with legislation and regulations which affect the Work. Final Acceptance Certificate: means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at Final Acceptance of the Work. Final Detailed Statement: means a complete evaluation prepared by the Contract Administrator showing the quantities, unit prices and final dollar amounts of all items of work completed under the Contract, including variations in tender items and Extra Work, all as set out in the same general form as the monthly estimates. Force Account: See "Time and Material". Geotechnical Report: means a report or other information identifying soil, rock and ground water conditions in the area of any proposed excavation or fill. Grade: means the required elevation of that part of the work. Hand Tools: means tools that are commonly called tools or implements of the trade and include small power tools. Highway: means a common and public highway any part of which is intended for or used by the general public for the passage of vehicles and includes the area between the lateral property lines thereof. Lump Sum Item: means a tender item indicating a portion of the Work for which payment will be made at a single tendered price. Payment is not based on a measured quantity, although a quantity may be given in the Contract Documents. Major Item: means any tender item that has a value, calculated on the basis of its actual or estimated tender quantity, whichever is the larger, multiplied by its tender unit price, which is equal or greater than the lesser of, a) $100,000, or b) 5% of the total tender value calculated on the basis of the total of all the estimated tender quantities and the tender unit prices. Material: means material, machinery, equipment and fixtures forming part of the Work. OPS General Conditions of Contrad - September 1999 Page 3 Owner: means the party to the Contract for whom the Work is being performed, as identified in the Agreement, and includes, with the same meaning and import, "Authority". Pavement: means a wearing course or courses placed on the Roadway and consisting of asphaltic concrete, hydraulic cement concrete - Portland cement concrete, or plant or road mixed mulch. Performance Bond: means the type of security furnished to the Owner to guarantee completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract and to the extent provided in the bond. Plan Quantity: means that quantity as computed from within the boundary lines of the Work as shown in the Contract Documents. Project: means the construction of the Work as contemplated by this Contract. Quantity Sheet: means a list of the quantities of Work to be done. Rate of Interest: means the rate determined by the Minister of Finance of Ontario and issued by, and available from, the Owner. Records: mean any books, payrolls, accounts or other information which relate to the Work or any Change in the Work or claims arising therefrom. Roadway: means that part of the Highway designed or intended for use by vehicular traffic and includes the Shoulders. Shoulder: means that portion of the Roadway between the edge of the wearing surface and the top inside edge of the ditch or fill slope. Special Provisions: mean special directions containing requirements peculiar to the Work. Standard Specification: means a standard practice required and stipulated by the Owner for performance of the Work. Subbase: means a layer of material of specified type and thickness between the Subgrade and the Base. Subcontractor: means a person, partnership or corporation undertaking the execution of a part of the Work by virtue of an agreement with the Contractor. Subgrade: means the earth or rock surface, whether in cut or fill, as prepared to support the Base, Subbase and Pavement. Subsurface Report: means a report or other information identifying the location of utilities, concealed and adjacent structures and physical obstructions which fall within the influence of the Work. Superintendent: means the Contractor's authorized representative in responsible charge of the Work. Surety: means the person, partnership or corporation, other than the Contractor, licensed in Ontario to transact business under the Insurance Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.1.8, as amended, executing a bond provided by the Contractor. Tender: means an offer in writing from the Contractor, submitted in the format prescribed by the Owner, to complete the Work. Time and Material: means costs calculated according to clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis. Where "Cost Plus" and "Force Accounf' are used they shall have the same meaning. Page 4 OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Utility: means an aboveground or underground facility maintained by a municipality, public utility authority or regulated authority and includes services such as sanitary sewer, storm sewer, water, electric, gas, oil, steam, data transmission, telephone and cable television. Warranty Period: means the period of 12 months from the date of Substantial Performance or such longer period as may be specified for certain Materials or some or all of the Work. Where a date of Substantial Performance is not established, the Warranty Period shall commence on the date of Completion. Work: means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents. Working Area: means all the lands and easements owned or acquired by the Owner for the construction of the Work. Working Day: means any Day, a) except Saturdays, Sundays and statutory holidays; b) except a Day as determined by the Contract Administrator, on which the Contractor is prevented by inclement weather or conditions resulting immediately therefrom, from proceeding with a Controlling Operation. For the purposes of this definition, this will be a Day during which the Contractor cannot proceed with at least 60% of the normal labour and equipment force effectively engaged on the Controlling Operation for at least 5 hours; c) except a Day on which the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with a Controlling Operation, as determined by the Contract Administrator by reason of, i. any breach of the Contract by the Owner or if such prevention is due to the Owner, another contractor hired by the Owner, or an employee of anyone of them, or by anyone else acting on behalf of the Owner. ii. on-delivery of Owner-supplied materials, iii. any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor which can be substantiated by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. Working Drawings: or Working Plans: means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor for the execution of the Work and may, without limiting the generality thereof, include falsework plans, Roadway protection plans, shop drawings, shop plans or erection diagrams. GC 1.05 Substantial Performance .01 The Work is substantially performed, a) when the Work to be performed under the Contract or a substantial part thereof is ready for use or is being used for the purpose intended; and b) when the Work to be performed under the Contract is capable of completion or, where there is a known defect, the cost of correction, is not more than i. 3% of the first $500,000 of the Contract price, ii. 2% of the next $500,000 of the Contract price, and iii. 1 % of the balance of the Contract price. .02 For the purposes of this Contract, where the Work or a substantial part thereof is ready for use or is being used for the purposes intended and the remainder of the Work cannot be completed expeditiously for reasons beyond the control of the Contractor or, where the Owner and the Contractor agree not to complete the Work expeditiously, the price of the services or materials remaining to be supplied and required to complete the Work shall be deducted from the Contract price in determining Substantial Performance. OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 Page 5 GC 1.06 Completion .01 The Work shall be deemed to be completed and services or Materials shall be deemed to be last supplied to the Work when the price of completion, correction of a known defect or last supply is not more than the lesser of, a) 1 % of the Contract price; or b) $1,000. GC 1.07 Final Acceptance .01 Final Acceptance shall be deemed to occur when the Contract Administrator is satisfied that, to the best of the Contract Administrator's knowledge at that time, the Contractor has rectified all imperfect work and has discharged all of the Contractor's obligations under the Contract. GC 1.08 Interpretation of Certain Words .01 The words "acceptable", "approval", "authorized", "considered necessary", "directed", "required", "satisfactory", or words of like import, shall mean approval of, directed, required, considered necessary or authorized by and acceptable or satisfactory to the Contract Administrator unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Page 6 OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION GC 2.0 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents .01 The Owner warrants that the information furnished in the Contract Documents can be relied upon with the following limitations or exceptions: a) The location of all mainline underground utilities which will affect the Work will be shown to a tolerance of: i. 1 m horizontal and ii. 0.3 m vertical b) The Owner does not warrant interpretations of data or opinions expressed in any Subsurface Report available for the perusal of the Contractor and excluded from the Contract Documents; and c) Other information specifically excluded from this warranty. GC 2.02 Order of Precedence .01 In the event of any inconsistency or conflict in the contents of the following documents, such documents shall take precedence and govern in the following order: a) Agreement b) Addenda c) Special Provisions d) Contract Drawings e) Standard Specifications f) Tender g) Supplemental General Conditions h) General Conditions i) Working Drawings Later dates shall govem within each of the above categories of documents. .02 In the event of any conflict among or inconsistency in the information shown on Drawings, the following rules shall apply: a) Dimensions shown in figures on a Drawing shall govern where they differ from dimensions scaled from the same drawing; b) Drawings of larger scale shall govern over those of smaller scale; c) Detailed Drawings shall govern over general Drawings; and d) Drawings of a later date shall govem over those of an earlier date in the same series. .03 In the event of any conflict in the contents of Standard Specifications the following order of precedence shall govern: a) Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications; then b) Other Standard Specifications, such as those produced by CSA, CGSB, ASTM and ANSI, and referenced in the Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications. .04 The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by anyone shall be as binding as if required by all. OPS General Conditions of Contrad - September 1999 Page 7 SECTION GC 3.0 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT GC 3.01 Contract Administrator's Authority .01 The Contract Administrator will be the Owner's representative during construction and until the issuance of the Completion Certificate or the issuance of the Final Acceptance Certificate whichever is later. All instructions to the Contractor including instructions from the Owner will be issued by the Contract Administrator. The Contract Administrator will have the authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. .02 All claims, disputes and other matters in question relating to the performance and the quality of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be referred to the Contract Administrator. .03 The Contract Administrator will inspect the Work for its conformity with the plans and specifications, and to record the necessary data to establish payment quantities under the schedule of tender quantities and unit prices or to make an assessment of the value of the work completed in the case of a lump sum price contract. .04 The Contract Administrator will determine the amounts owing to the Contractor under the Contract and will issue certificates for payment in such amounts as provided for in Section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. .05 The Contract Administrator will with reasonable promptness review and take appropriate action upon the Contractor's submissions such as shop drawings, product data, and samples in accordance with the Contract Documents. .06 The Contract Administrator will investigate all allegations of a change in the character of the Work made by the Contractor and issue appropriate instructions. .07 The Contract Administrator will prepare Change Directives and Change Orders. .08 Upon written application by the Contractor, the Contract Administrator and the Contractor will jointly conduct an inspection of the Work to establish the date of Substantial Performance of the Work and/or the date of Completion of the Work. .09 The Contract Administrator will be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the Contract Documents and the judge of the performance thereunder by both parties to the Contract. Interpretations and decisions of the Contract Administrator shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents and in making these decisions the Contract Administrator will not show partiality to either party. .10 The Contract Administrator will have the authority to reject part of the Work or Material which does not conform to the Contract Documents. .11 Defective work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective material, or damage through carelessness or other act or omission of the Contractor and whether incorporated in the Work or not, which has been rejected by the Contract Administrator as failing to conform to the Contract Documents shall be removed promptly from the Work by the Contractor and replaced or re-executed promptly in accordance with the Contract Documents at no additional cost to the Owner. .12 Any part of the Work destroyed or damaged by such removals, replacements or re-executions shall be made good, promptly, at no additional cost to the Owner. .13 If, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, it is not expedient to correct defective work or work not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may deduct from monies otherwise due to the Contractor the difference in value between the work as performed and that called for by the Contract Administrator. Page 8 OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I .' ~,;.. .14 Notwithstanding any inspections made by the Contract Administrator or the issuance of any certificates or the making of any payment by the Owner, the failure of the Contract Administrator to reject any defective work or Material shall not constitute acceptance of defective work or Material. .15 The Contract Administrator will have the authority to temporarily suspend the Work for such reasonable time as may be necessary to facilitate the checking of any portion of the Contractor's construction layout or the inspection of any portion of the Work. There shall not be any extra compensation for the suspension of work. GC 3.02 Working Drawings .01 The Contractor shall arrange for the preparation of clearly identified and dated Working Drawings as called for by the Contract Documents. .02 The Contractor shall submit Working Drawings to the Contract Administrator with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence so as to not cause delay in the Work. If either the Contractor or the Contract Administrator so requests they shall jointly prepare a schedule fixing the dates for submission and return of Working Drawings. Working Drawings shall be submitted in printed form. At the time of submission the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in writing of any deviations from the Contract requirements that exist in the Working Drawings. .03 The Contract Administrator will review and return Working Drawings in accordance with an agreed upon schedule, or otherwise, with reasonable promptness so as not to cause delay. .04 The Contract Administrator's review will be to check for conformity to the design concept and for general arrangement only and such review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in the Working Drawings or of responsibility for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents unless a deviation on the Working Drawings has been approved in writing by the Contract Administrator. .05 The Contractor shall make any changes in Working Drawings which the Contract Administrator may require consistent with the Contract Documents and resubmit unless otherwise directed by the Contract Administrator. When resubmitting, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in writing of any revisions other than those requested by the Contract Administrator. .06 Work related to the Working Drawings shall not proceed until the Working Drawings have been signed and dated by the Contract Administrator and marked with the words "Reviewed. Permission to construct granted." .07 The Contractor shall keep one set of the reviewed Working Drawings, marked as above, at the site at all times. GC 3.03 Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment .01 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, make alterations in the method, Equipment or work force at any time the Contract Administrator considers the Contractor's actions to be unsafe, or damaging to either the Work or existing facilities or the environment. .02 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, alter the sequence of its operations on the Contract so as to avoid interference with work being performed by others. .03 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall ensure that all necessary safety precautions and protection are maintained throughout the Work. OPS General Conditions of Contrad - September 1999 Page 9 GC 3.04 Emergency Situations .01 The Contract Administrator has the right to determine the existence of an emergency situation, and when such an emergency situation is deemed to exist, the Contract Administrator may instruct the Contractor to take action to remedy the situation. If the Contractor does not take timely action, or if the Contractor is not available, the Contract Administrator may direct others to remedy the situation. .02 If the emergency situation was the fault of the Contractor, the remedial work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. If the emergency situation was not the fault of the Contractor, the Owner will pay for the remedial work. GC 3.05 Layout .01 The Contract Administrator will provide baseline and benchmark information for the general location, alignment and elevation of the Work. The Owner will be responsible only for the correctness of the information provided by the Contract Administrator. GC 3.06 Working Area .01 The Contractor's sheds, site offices, toilets, other temporary structures and storage areas for material and equipment shall be grouped in a compact manner and maintained in a neat and orderly condition at all times. .02 The Contractor shall confine his construction operations to the Working Area. Should the Contractor require more space than that shown on the Contract Drawings, the Contractor shall obtain such space at no additional cost to the Owner. .03 The Contractor shall not enter upon or occupy any private property for any purpose, unless the Contractor has received prior written permission from the property owner. GC 3.07 Extension of Contract Time .01 An application for an extension of Contract Time shall be made in writing by the Contractor to the Contract Administrator as soon as the need for such extension becomes evident and at least 15 Days prior to the expiration of the Contract Time. The application for an extension of Contract Time shall enumerate the reasons, and state the length of extension required. .02 Circumstances suitable for consideration of an extension of Contract Time include the following: a} Delays; See subsection GC 3.08. b) Changes in the Work; See clause GC 3.11.01. c) Extra Work; See clause GC 3.11.02. d} Additional Work; See clause GC 3.11.03. .03 The Contract Administrator will, in considering an application for an extension to the Contract Time, take into account whether the delays, Changes in the Work, Extra Work or Additional Work involve a Controlling Operation. .04 The Contract Time shall be extended for such additional time as may be recommended by the Contract Administrator and deemed fair and reasonable by the Owner. .05 The terms and conditions of the Contract shall continue for such extension of Contract Time. Page 10 OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC 3.08 Delays .01 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by, a) war, blockades, and civil commotions, errors in the Contract Documents; an act or omission of the Owner or Contract Administrator, or anyone employed or engaged by them directly or indirectly, contrary to the provisions of the Contract Documents; b) a stop work order issued by a court or public authority, provided that such order was not issued as the result of an act or omission of the Contractor or anyone employed or engaged by the Contractor directly or indirectly; c) the Contract Administrator giving notice under subsection GC 7.09, Suspension of Work; d) abnormal inclement weather; or e) archaeological finds in accordance with subsection GC 3.16, Archaeological Finds, then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay, provided that in the case of an application for an extension of Contract Time due to abnormal inclement weather, the Contractor shall, with the Contractor's application, submit evidence from Environment Canada in support of such application. Extension of Contract Time will be granted in accordance with subsection GC 3.07, Extension of Contract Time. .02 If the Work is delayed by labour disputes, strikes or lock-outs - including lock-outs decreed or recommended to its members by a recognized contractor's association, of which the Contractor is a member or to which the Contractor is otherwise bound - which are beyond the Contractor's control, then the Contract Time shall be extended in accordance with subsection GC 3.07, Extension of Contract Time. In no case shall the extension of Contract Time be less than the time lost as the result of the event causing the delay, unless a shorter extension is agreed to by the Contractor. The Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for costs incurred as the result of such delays unless such delays are the result of actions by the Owner. GC 3.09 Assignment of Contract .01 The Contractor shall not assign the Contract, either in whole or in part, without the written consent of the Owner. GC 3.10 Subcontracting by the Contractor .01 The Contractor may subcontract any part of the Work, subject to these General Conditions and any limitations specified in the Contract Documents. .02 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator, in writing, of the intention to subcontract. Such notification shall identify the part of the Work, and the Subcontractor with whom it is intended. .03 The Contract Administrator will, within 10 Days of receipt of such notification, accept or reject the intended Subcontractor. The rejection will be in writing and will include the reasons for the rejection. .04 The Contractor shall not, without the written consent of the Owner, change a Subcontractor who has been engaged in accordance with subsection GC 3.10 Subcontracting by the Contractor. .05 The Contractor shall preserve and protect the rights of the parties under the Contract with respect to that part of the Work to be performed under subcontract and shall, a) enter into agreements with the intended Subcontractors to require them to perform their work in accordance with the Contract Documents; and b) be as fully responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's Subcontractors and of persons directly or indirectly employed by them as for acts and omissions of persons directly employed by the Contractor. OPs General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 Page 11 .06 The Owner's consent to subcontracting by the Contractor shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from any obligation under the Contract and shall not impose any liability upon the Owner. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create a contractual relationship between a Subcontractor and the Owner. GC 3.11 GC 3.11.01 Changes Changes in the Work .01 The Owner, or the Contract Administrator where so authorized, may, by order in writing, make a Change in the Work without invalidating the Contract. The Contractor shall not be required to proceed with a Change in the Work until in receipt of a Change Directive. Upon the receipt of such Change Directive the Contractor shall proceed with the Change in the Work. .02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection GC 3.07, Extension of Contract Time. .03 If the Changes in the Work relate solely to quantities, payment for that part of the Work will be made according to the conditions specified in clause GC 8.01.02, Variations in Tender Quantities. If the Changes in the Work do not solely relate to quantities, payment may be negotiated pursuant to subsection GC 3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis. GC 3.11.02 Extra Work .01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may instruct the Contractor to perform Extra Work without invalidating the Contract. The Contractor shall not be required to proceed with the Extra Work until in receipt of a Change Directive. Upon receipt of such Change Directive the Contractor shall proceed with the Extra Work. .02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection GC 3.07, Extension of Contract Time. .03 Payment for the Extra Work may be negotiated pursuant to subsection GC 3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis. GC 3.11.03 Additional Work .01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may request the Contractor to perform Additional Work without invalidating the Contract. If the Contractor agrees to perform Additional Work, the Contractor shall proceed with such Additional Work upon receipt of a Change Order. .02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection GC 3.07, Extension of Contract Time. .03 Payment for the Additional Work may be negotiated pursuant to subsection GC 3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis. GC 3.12 Notices .01 Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Contract Administrator or the Superintendent in respect of the Work shall be deemed to have been given to and received by the addressee on the date of delivery if delivered by hand or by facsimile transmission and on the fifth Day after the date of mailing if sent by mail. Page 12 OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I .02 The Contractor and the Owner shall provide each other with the mailing addresses, telephone numbers and facsimile terminal numbers for the Contract Administrator and the Superintendent at the commencement of the Work. .03 In the event of an emergency situation or other urgent matter the Contract Administrator or the Superintendent may give a verbal notice, provided that such notice is confirmed in writing within 2 Days. .04 Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Owner or the Contractor shall be given in accordance with the notice provision of the Contract. GC 3.13 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Substantial Performance .01 Where it is not contemplated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Owner may use or occupy the Work or any part thereof prior to Substantial Performance, provided that at least 30 Days' written notice has been given to the Contractor. .02 The use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the Owner prior to Substantial Performance shall not constitute an acceptance of the Work or parts so occupied. In addition, the use or occupancy of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor or the Contractor's Surety from any liability that has arisen, or may arise, from the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Owner will be responsible for any damage that occurs because of the Owner's use or occupancy. Such use or occupancy of any part of the Work by the Owner does not waive the Owner's right to charge the Contractor liquidated damages in accordance with the terms of the Contract. GC 3.14 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation GC 3.14.01 Continuance of the Work .01 Unless the Contract has been terminated or completed, the Contractor shall in every case, after serving or receiving any notification of a claim or dispute, verbal or written, continue to proceed with the Work with due diligence and expedition. It is understood by the parties that such action will not jeopardize any claim it may have. GC 3.14.02 Record Keeping .01 Immediately upon commencing work which may result in a claim, the Contractor shall keep Daily Work Records during the course of the Work, sufficient to substantiate the Contractor's claim, and the Contract Administrator will keep Daily Work Records to be used in assessing the Contractor's claim, all in accordance with clause GC 8.02.07, Records. .02 The Contractor and the Contract Administrator shall reconcile their respective Daily Work Records on a daily basis, to simplify review of the claim, when submitted. .03 The keeping of Daily Work Records by the Contract Administrator or the reconciling of such Daily Work Records with those of the Contractor shall not be construed to be acceptance of the claim. GC 3.14.03 Claims Procedure .01 The Contractor shall give verbal notice of any situation which may lead to a claim for additional payment immediately upon becoming aware of the situation. .02 The Contractor shall provide written notice in the standard form "Notice of Intent to Claim" within 7 Days of the commencement of any part of the Work which may be affected by the situation. OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 Page 13 .03 The Contractor shall submit detailed claims as soon as reasonably possible and in any event no later than 30 Days after completion of the work affected by the situation. The detailed claim shall: a) identify the item or items in respect of which the claim arises; b) state the grounds, contractual or otherwise, upon which the claim is made; and c) include the Records maintained by the Contractor supporting such claim. In exceptional cases the 30 Days may be increased to a maximum of 90 Days with approval in writing from the Contract Administrator. .04 Within 30 Days of the receipt of the Contractor's detailed claim, the Contract Administrator may request the Contractor to submit any further and other particulars as the Contract Administrator considers necessary to assess the claim. The Contractor shall submit the requested information within 30 Days of receipt of such request. .05 Within 90 Days of receipt of the detailed claim, the Contract Administrator shall advise the Contractor, in writing, of the Contract Administrator's opinion with regard to the validity of the claim. GC 3.14.04 Negotiations .01 The parties shall make all reasonable efforts to resolve their dispute by amicable negotiations and agree to provide, without prejudice, open and timely disclosure of relevant facts, information, and documents to facilitate these negotiations. .02 Should the Contractor disagree with the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.14.03.05, with respect to any part of the claim, the Contract Administrator shall enter into negotiations with the Contractor to resolve the matters in dispute. Where a negotiated settlement cannot be reached and it is agreed that payment cannot be made on a Time and Material basis in accordance with clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis, the parties shall proceed in accordance with clause GC 3.14.05, Mediation, or subsection GC 3.15, Engineering Arbitration. GC 3.14.05 Mediation .01 If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily through the negotiation stage noted in clause GC 3.14.04, Negotiations, within a period of 30 Days following the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.14.03.05, and the Contractor wishes to pursue the issue further, the parties may, upon mutual agreement, utilize the services of an independent third party mediator. .02 The mediator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor. .03 The mediator shall be knowledgeable regarding the area of the disputed issue. The mediator shall meet with the parties together and separately, as necessary, to review all aspects of the issue. In a final attempt to assist the parties in resolving the issue themselves prior to proceeding to arbitration the mediator shall provide, without prejudice, a non-binding recommendation for settlement. .04 The review by the mediator shall be completed within 90 Days following the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.14.03.05. .05 Each party is responsible for its own costs related to the use of the third party mediator process. The cost of the third party mediator shall be equally shared by the Owner and Contractor. GC 3.14.06 Payment .01 Payment of the claim will be made no later than 30 Days after the date of resolution of the claim or dispute. Such payment will be made according to the terms of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. Page 14 OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC 3.14.07 Rights of Both Parties .01 It is agreed that no action taken under this subsection GC 3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, by either party shall be construed as a renunciation or waiver of any of the rights or recourse available to the parties, provided that the requirements set out in this subsection are fulfilled. GC 3.15 GC 3.15.01 Engineering Arbitration Conditions for Engineering Arbitration .01 If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily through the negotiation stage noted in clause GC 3.14.04, Negotiations, or the mediation stage noted in clause GC 3.14.05, Mediation, either party may invoke the provisions of subsection GC 3.15, Engineering Arbitration, by giving written notice to the other party. .02 Notification that arbitration shall be implemented to resolve the issue shall be communicated in writing as soon as possible and no later than 60 Days following the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.14.03.05. Where the use of a third party mediator was implemented, notification shall be within 120 Days of the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.14.03.05. .03 The parties shall be bound by the decision of the arbitrator. .04 The rules and procedures of the Arbitration Act, 1991, S.O. 1991, c.17, as amended, shall apply to any arbitration conducted hereunder except to the extent that they are modified by the express provisions of this subsection GC 3.15, Engineering Arbitration. GC 3.15.02 Arbitration Procedure .01 The following provisions are to be included in the agreement to arbitrate and are subject only to such right of appeal as exist where the arbitrator has exceeded his or her jurisdiction or have otherwise disqualified him or herself: a) All existing actions in respect of the matters under arbitration will be stayed pending arbitration; b) All outstanding claims and matters to be settled are to be set out in a schedule to the agreement. Only such claims and matters as are in the schedule will be arbitrated; and c) Before proceeding with the arbitration, the Contractor shall confirm that all matters in dispute are set out in the schedule. GC 3.15.03 Appointment of Arbitrator .01 The arbitrator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor to adjudicate the dispute. .02 Where the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on a sole arbitrator within 30 Days of the notification of arbitration noted in paragraph GC 3.15.01.02, the Owner and the Contractor shall each choose an appointee within 37 Days of the notice of arbitration. .03 The appointees shall mutually agree upon an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 15 Days after the last appointee was chosen or they shall refer the matter to the Arbitration and Mediation Institute of Ontario Inc. which will select an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 7 Days of being requested to do so. .04 The arbitrator shall not be interested financially in the Contract nor in either party's business and shall not be employed by either party. .05 The arbitrator may appoint independent experts and any other persons to assist him or her. OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 Page 15 .06 The arbitrator is not bound by the rules of evidence which govern the trial of cases in court but may hear and consider any evidence which the arbitrator considers relevant. .07 The hearing will commence within 90 Days of the appointment of the arbitrator. GC 3.15.04 Costs .01 The arbitrator's fee shall be equally shared by the Owner and the Contractor. .02 The fees of any independent experts and any other persons appointed to assist the arbitrator shall be shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor. .03 The arbitration hearing shall be held in a place mutually agreed upon by both parties or in the event the parties do not agree, a site shall be chosen by the arbitrator. The cost of obtaining appropriate facilities shall be shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor. .04 The arbitrator may, in his or her discretion, award reasonable costs, related to the arbitration. GC 3.15.05 The Decision .01 The reasoned decision will be made in writing within 90 Days of the conclusion of the hearing. An extension of time to make a decision may be granted with consent of both parties. Payment shall be made in accordance with clause GC 3.14.06, Payment. GC 3.16 Archaeological Finds .01 If the Contractor's operations expose any items which may indicate an archaeological find, such as building remains, hardware, accumulations of bones, pottery, or arrowheads, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contract Administrator and suspend operations within the area identified by the Contract Administrator. Notification may be verbal provided that such notice is confirmed in writing within 2 Days. Work shall remain suspended within that area until otherwise directed by the Contract Administrator in writing, in accordance with subsection GC 7.09, Suspension of Work. .02 Any delay in the completion of the Contract that is caused by such a suspension of Work will be considered to be beyond the Contractor's control in accordance with paragraph GC 3.08.01. .03 Any work directed or authorized in connection with an archaeological find will be considered as Extra Work in accordance with clause GC 3.11.02, Extra Work. Page 16 OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION GC 4.0 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBiliTIES AND RIGHTS GC 4.01 Working Area .01 The Owner will acquire all property rights which are deemed necessary by the Owner for the construction of the Work, including temporary working easements, and will indicate the full extent of the Working Area on the Contract Drawings. .02 The Geotechnical Report and Subsurface Report which will be provided by the Owner as part of the tender documents shall form part of the Contract Drawings. GC 4.02 Approvals and Permits .01 The Owner will pay for all plumbing and building permits. .02 The Owner will obtain and pay for all permits, licenses and certificates solely required for Project approval. GC 4.03 Management and Disposition of Materials .01 The Owner will identify in the Contract Documents the materials to be moved within or removed from the Working Area, and any characteristics of those materials which will necessitate special materials management and disposition. .02 In accordance with regulations under the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.0.1, as amended, the Owner advises that a) the designated substances silica, lead and arsenic are generally present throughout the Working Area occurring naturally or as a result of vehicle emissions; b) the designated substance asbestos is present in asbestos conduits for utilities; c) the following hazardous materials are ordinarily present in construction activities: limestone, gypsum, marble, mica and Portland cement; and d) exposure to these substances may occur as a result of activities by the Contractor such as sweeping, grinding, crushing, drilling, blasting, cutting and abrasive blasting. .03 The Owner will identify in the Contract Documents any designated substances or hazardous materials other than those identified above and their location in the Working Area. .04 If the Owner or Contractor discovers or is advised of the presence of designated substances or hazardous materials which are in addition to those listed in paragraph GC 4.03.02, or not clearly identified in the Contract Documents according to paragraph GC 4.03.03, then verbal notice will be provided to the other party immediately with written confirmation within 2 Days. The Contractor will stop work in the area immediately and will determine the necessary steps required to complete the work in accordance with applicable legislation and regulation. .05 The Owner will be responsible for any reasonable additional costs of removing, managing and disposing of any material not identified in the Contract Documents, or where conditions exist that could not have been reasonably foreseen at the time of tendering. All work under this paragraph shall be deemed to be Extra Work. .06 Prior to commencement of the Work, the Owner will provide to the Contractor a list of those products controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System or WHMIS, which the Owner will supply or use on the Contract, together with copies of the Materials Safety Data Sheets for these products. All containers used in the application of products controlled under WHMIS shall be labelled. The Owner will notify the Contractor in writing of changes to the list and provide relevant Material Safety Data Sheets. OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 Page 17 GC 4.04 Construction Affecting Railway Property .01 The Owner will pay the costs of all flagging and other traffic control measures required and provided by the railway company unless such costs are solely a function of the Contractor's chosen method of completing the Work. GC 4.05 Default by the Contractor .01 The Contractor shall be in default of the Contract if, a) the Contractor fails to commence the Work or execute the Work properly or otherwise fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract to a substantial degree; or b) if the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of insolvency. GC 4.06 Notification of Default .01 The Owner will give written notice of a default to the Contractor as soon as the Owner becomes aware of the alleged default but failure to give such notice in a timely way shall not constitute condonation of the default. The notice will include instructions to correct the default within 5 Working Days. GC 4.07 Contractor's Right to Correct a Default .01 The Contractor shall have the right within the 5 full Working Days following the receipt of a notice of default to correct the default and provide the Owner with satisfactory proof that appropriate corrective measures have been taken. .02 If the correction of the default cannot be completed within the 5 full Working Days following receipt of the notice, the Contractor shall not be in default if the Contractor, a) commences the correction of the default within the 5 full Working Days following receipt of the notice; b) provides the Owner with an acceptable schedule for the progress of such correction; and c) completes the correction in accordance with such schedule. GC 4.08 Owner's Right to Correct Default .01 If the Contractor fails to correct the default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.07, Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may correct such default and deduct the cost thereof, as certified by the Contract Administrator, from any payment then or thereafter due to the Contractor. GC 4.09 Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work .01 Where the Contractor fails to correct a default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.07, Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may terminate the Contractor's right to continue the Work in whole or in part by giving written notice to the Contractor. .02 If the Owner terminates the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part, the Owner will be entitled to, a) take possession of the Working Area or that portion of the Working Area devoted to that part of the Work terminated; b) utilize the Equipment of the Contractor and any Material within the Working Area which is intended to be incorporated into the Work, the whole subject to the right of third parties; c) withhold further payments to the Contractor with respect to the Work or the portion of the Work withdrawn from the Contractor until the Work or portion thereof withdrawn is completed; Page 18 OPS General Conditions of Contract. September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I d) charge the Contractor the additional cost over the Contract price of completing the Work or portion thereof withdrawn from the Contractor, as certified by the Contract Administrator and any additional compensation paid to the Contract Administrator for such additional service arising from the correction of the default; e) charge the Contractor a reasonable allowance, as determined by the Contract Administrator, to cover correction to the Work performed by the Contractor that may be required under subsection GC 7.15, Warranty; f) charge the Contractor for any damages the Owner may have sustained as a result of the default; and g) charge the Contractor the amount by which the cost of corrections to the Work under subsection GC 7.15, Warranty, exceeds the allowance provided for such corrections. GC 4.10 Final Payment to Contractor .01 If the Owner's cost to correct and complete the Work in whole or in part is less than the amount withheld from the Contractor under subsection GC 4.09, Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work, the Owner will pay the balance to the Contractor as soon as the final accounting for the Contract is complete. GC 4.11 Termination of the Contract .01 Where the Contractor is in default of the Contract the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, terminate the Contract by giving written notice of termination to the Contractor, the Surety and any trustee or receiver acting on behalf of the Contractor's estate or creditors. .02 If the Owner elects to terminate the Contract the Owner will provide the Contractor and the trustee or receiver with a complete accounting to the date of termination. GC 4.12 Continuation of Contractor's Obligations .01 The Contractor's obligation under the Contract as to quality, correction and warranty of the Work performed prior to the time of termination of the Contract or termination of the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part shall continue to be in force after such termination. GC 4.13 Use of Performance Bond .01 If the Contractor is in default of the Contract and the Contractor has provided a Performance Bond, the provisions of this Section shall be exercised in accordance with the conditions of the Performance Bond. OPS General Conditions of Contrad - September 1999 Page 19 SECTION GC 5.0 - MATERIAL GC 5.01 Supply of Material .01 All Material necessary for the proper completion of the Work, except that listed as being supplied by the Owner, shall be supplied by the Contractor. The Contract price for the appropriate tender items shall be deemed to include full compensation for the supply of such Material. GC 5.02 Quality of Material .01 All Material supplied by the Contractor shall be new or unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. .02 Material supplied by the Contractor shall conform to the requirements of the Contract. .03 As specified or as requested by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall make available for inspection or testing a sample of any Material to be supplied by the Contractor. .04 The Contractor shall obtain for the Contract Administrator the right to enter upon the premises of the Material manufacturer or supplier to carry out such inspection, sampling and testing as specified or a requested by the Contract Administrator. .05 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the sources of supply sufficiently in advance of the Material shipping dates to enable the Contract Administrator to perform the required inspection, sampling and testing. .06 The Owner will not be responsible for any delays to the Contractor's operations where the Contractor fails to give sufficient advance notice to the Contract Administrator to enable the Contract Administrator to carry out the required inspection, sampling and testing before the scheduled shipping date. .07 The Contractor shall not change the source of supply of any Material without the written authorization of the Contract Administrator. .08 Material which is not specified shall be of a quality best suited to the purpose required and the use of such Material shall be subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator. GC 5.03 Rejected Material .01 Rejected Material shall be removed from the Working Area expeditiously after the notification to that effect from the Contract Administrator. Where the Contractor fails to comply with such notice the Contract Administrator may cause the rejected Material to be removed from the Working Area and disposed of in what the Contract Administrator considers to be the most appropriate manner and the Contractor shall pay the costs of disposal and the appropriate overhead charges. GC 5.04 Substitutions .01 Where the specifications require the Contractor to supply a Material designated by a trade or other name, the Tender shall be based only upon supply of the Material so designated, which shall be regarded as the standard of quality required by the specification. After the acceptance of the Tender, the Contractor may apply to the Contract Administrator to substitute another Material identified by a different trade or other name for the Material designated as aforesaid. The application shall be in writing and shall state the price for the proposed substitute Material designated as aforesaid, and such other information as the Contract Administrator may require. Page 20 OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I .02 Rulings on a proposed substitution will not be made prior to the acceptance of the Tender. Substitutions shall not be made without the prior approval of the Contract Administrator. The approval or rejection of a proposed substitution will be made at the discretion of the Contract Administrator. .03 If the proposed substitution is approved by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall be entitled to the first $1000 of the aggregate saving in cost by reason of such substitution and to 50% of any additional saving in cost in excess of such $1000. Each such approval shall be conveyed to the Contractor in writing or by issuance of a Certificate of Equality on the Owner's standard form of "Certification of Equality" and if any adjustment to the Contract price is made by reason of such substitution a Change Order shall be issued as well. GC 5.05 Owner Supplied Material GC 5.05.01 Ordering of Excess Material .01 Where Material is supplied by the Owner and where this Material is ordered by the Contractor in excess of the amount specified to complete the Work, such excess Material shall become the property of the Contractor on completion of the Work and shall be charged to the Contractor at cost plus applicable overheads. GC 5.05.02 Care of Material .01 The Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of shipments of Material supplied by the Owner, provide adequate and proper storage facilities acceptable to the Contract Administrator, and on the receipt of such Material shall promptly place it in storage except where it is to be incorporated forthwith into the Work. .02 The Contractor shall be responsible for acceptance of Material supplied by the Owner, at the specified delivery point and for its safe handling and storage. If such Material is damaged while under the control of the Contractor it shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner, and to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. If such Material is rejected by the Contract Administrator for reasons which are not the fault of the Contractor it shall remain in the care and at the risk of the Contractor until its disposition has been determined by the Contract Administrator. .03 Where Material supplied by the Owner arrives at the delivery pOint in a damaged condition or where there are discrepancies between the quantities received and the quantities shown on the bills of lading, the Contractor shall immediately report such damage or discrepancies to the Contract Administrator who shall arrange for an immediate inspection of the shipment and provide the Contractor with a written release from responsibility for such damage or deficiencies. Where damage or deficiencies are not so reported it will be assumed that the shipment arrived in good order and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner. .04 The full amount of Material supplied by the Owner in each shipment shall be accounted for by the Contractor and such Material shall be at the risk of the Contractor after taking delivery. Such Material shall not, except with the written permission of the Contract Administrator, be used by the Contractor for purposes other than the performance of the Work under the Contract. .05 Empty reels, crates, containers and other type of packaging from Material supplied by the Owner shall become the property of the Contractor when they are no longer required for their original purpose and shall be disposed of by the Contractor unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 Page 21 .06 The Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator, immediately upon receipt of each shipment, copies of bills of lading, or such other documentation the Contract Administrator may require to substantiate and reconcile the quantities of Material received. .07 Where Material supplied by the Owner is ordered and stockpiled prior to the award of the Contract, the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to the Owner, immediately upon commencement of operations, check the Material, report any damage or deficiencies to the Contract Administrator and take charge of the Material at the stockpile site. Where damage or deficiencies are not so recorded by the Contractor it shall be assumed that the stockpile was in good order when the Contractor took charge of it and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner. Pege22 OPS General Condnions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION GC 6.0 - INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE GC 6.01 Protection of Work, Persons and Property .01 The Contractor, the Contractor's agents and all workers employed by or under the control of the Contractor, including Subcontractors, shall protect the Work, persons and property from damage or injury, and shall be responsible for all losses and damage which may arise as the result of the Contractor's operations under the Contract unless indicated to the contrary below. .02 The Contractor is responsible for the full cost of any necessary temporary provisions and the restoration of all damage where the Contractor damages the Work or property in the performance of the Contract. If the Contractor is not responsible for the damage that occurs to the Work or property the Contractor shall restore such damage, and such work shall be administered according to these General Conditions. .03 The Contractor shall immediately inform the Contract Administrator of all damage and injuries which occur during the term of the Contract. .04 The Contractor shall not be responsible for loss and damage that occurs as a result of, a) war; b) blockades and civil commotions; c) errors in the Contract Documents; or d) acts or omissions of the Owner, the Contract Administrator, their agents and employees, or others not under the control of the Contractor, but within the Working Area with the Owner's permission. .05 The Contractor and his Surety or Sureties shall not be released from any term or provision of any responsibility, obligation or liability under the Contract or waive or impair any of the rights of the Owner except by a release duly executed by the Owner. GC 6.02 Indemnification .01 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Contract Administrator, their agents, officers and employees from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses, costs, damages, actions, suits or proceedings by third parties, hereinafter called "claims", directly or indirectly arising or alleged to arise out of the performance of or the failure to perform the Work, provided such claims are, a) attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death or to damage to or destruction of tangible property; b) caused by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be liable; and c) made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work as set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work or, where so specified in the Contract from the date of certification of Final Acceptance. .02 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from all and every claim for damages, royalties or fees for the infringement of any patented invention or copyright occasioned by the Contractor in connection with the Work performed or Material furnished by the Contractor under the Contract. .03 The Owner expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated above in paragraphs GC 6.02.01 and GC 6.02.02. .04 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, his agents, officers and employees from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to a lack of or defect in title or an alleged lack of or defect in title to the Working Area. OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 Page 23 .05 The Contractor expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated above in paragraph GC 6.02.04. GC 6.03 Contractor's Insurance GC 6.03.01 General .01 Without restricting the generality of subsection GC 6.02, Indemnification, the Contractor shall provide, maintain and pay for the insurance coverages listed under clauses GC 6.03.02 and GC 6.03.03. Insurance coverage in clauses GC 6.03.04, GC 6.03.05 and GC 6.03.06 will only apply when so specified in the Contract Documents. GC 6.03.02 General Liability Insurance .01 General liability insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract Administrator named as additional insureds, with limits of not less than 5 million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof, with a property damage deductible of not more than $5000. The form of this insurance shall be the Insurance Bureau of Canada Form IBC 2100, dated 8-87. .02 Another form of insurance equal to or better than that required in IBC Form 2100 may be used, provided all the requirements listed in the Contract are included. Approval of this insurance will be conditional upon the Contractor obtaining the services of an insurer licensed to underwrite insurance in the Province of Ontario and obtaining the insurer's certificate of equivalency to the required insurance. .03 The insurance shall be maintained continuously from the commencement of the Work until 12 months following the date of Substantial Performance of the Work, as set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, or until the Final Acceptance Certificate is issued, whichever is later, and with respect to completed operations coverage for a period of not less than 24 months from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate, and thereafter to be maintained for a further period of 4 years. .04 The Contractor shall submit annually to the Owner, proof of continuation of the completed operations coverage and if the Contractor fails to do so, the limitation period for claiming indemnity described in paragraph GC 6.02.01 c), will not be binding on the Owner. .05 Should the Contractor decide not to employ Subcontractors for operations requiring the use of explosives for blasting, or pile driving or caisson work, or removal or weakening of support of property building or land, IBC Form 2100 as required shall include the appropriate endorsements. .06 The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days' written notice in advance of cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage. .07 "Claims Made" insurance policies will not be permitted. GC 6.03.03 Automobile liability Insurance .01 Automobile liability insurance in respect of licensed vehicles shall have limits of not less than 5 million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death and damage to property, in the following forms endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days' written notice in advance of any cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage: a) standard non-owned automobile policy including standard contractual liability endorsement, and b) standard owner's form automobile policy providing third party liability and accident benefits insurance and covering licensed vehicles owned or operated by the Contractor. Page 24 OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC 6.03.04 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance .01 Aircraft and watercraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non-owned aircraft and watercraft if used directly or indirectly in the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises, shall be subject to limits of not less than 5 million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof, and limits of not less than 5 million dollars for aircraft passenger hazard. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days' written notice in advance of cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage. GC 6.03.05 Property and Boiler Insurance Property Insurance GC 6.03.05.01 .01 All risks property insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract Administrator named as additional insureds, insuring not less than the sum of the amount of the Contract price and the full value, as may be stated in the Supplemental General Conditions, of Material that is specified to be provided by the Owner for incorporation into the Work, with a deductible not exceeding 1 % of the amount insured at the site of the Work. This insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall be maintained continuously until 10 Days after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate. GC 6.03.05.02 Boiler Insurance .01 Boiler insurance insuring the interests of the Contractor, the Owner and the Contract Administrator for not less than the replacement value of boilers and pressure vessels forming part of the Work, shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. This insurance shall be maintained continuously from commencement of use or operation of the property insured until 10 Days after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate. GC 6.03.05.03 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Completion .01 Should the Owner wish to use or occupy part or all of the Work prior to Substantial Performance, the Owner will give 30 Days' written notice to the Contractor of the intended purpose and extent of such use or occupancy. Prior to such use or occupancy the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing of the additional premium cost, if any, to maintain property and boiler insurance, which shall be at the Owner's expense. If because of such use or occupancy the Contractor is unable to provide coverage, the Owner upon written notice from the Contractor and prior to such use or occupancy shall provide, maintain and pay for property and boiler insurance insuring the full value of the Work, including coverage for such use or occupancy, and shall provide the Contractor with proof of such insurance. The Contractor shall refund to the Owner the unearned premiums applicable to the Contractor's policies upon termination of coverage. .02 The policies shall provide that, in the event of a loss or damage, payment shall be made to the Owner and the Contractor as their respective interests may appear. The Contractor shall act on behalf of both the Owner and the Contractor for the purpose of adjusting the amount of such loss or damage payment with the insurers. When the extent of the loss or damage is determined the Contractor shall proceed to restore the Work. Loss or damage shall not affect the rights and obligations of either party under the Contract except that the Contractor shall be entitled to such reasonable extension of Contract Time relative to the extent of the loss or damage as the Contract Administrator may decide in consultation with the Contractor. OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 Page 25 GC 6.03.05.04 Payment for Loss or Damage .01 The Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the Owner, in addition to the amount due under the Contract, the amount at which the Owner's interest in restoration of the Work has been appraised, such amount to be paid as the restoration of the Work proceeds and in accordance with the requirements of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. In addition the Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the payments made by the insurers the amount of the Contractor's interest in the restoration of the Work. .02 The Contractor shall be responsible for deductible amounts under the policies except where such amounts may be excluded from the Contractor's responsibility by the terms of this Contract. .03 In the event of a loss or damage to the Work arising from the action or omission of the Owner or others, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the cost of restoring the Work as the restoration of the Work proceeds and in accordance with the requirements of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. GC 6.03.06 Contractor's Equipment Insurance .01 All risks Contractor's equipment insurance covering construction machinery and equipment used by the Contractor for the performance of the Work, including boiler insurance on temporary boilers and pressure vessels, shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall not allow subrogation claims by the insurer against the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days' written notice in advance of cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage. Subject to satisfactory proof of financial capability by the Contractor for self-insurance of the Contractor's Equipment, the Owner agrees to waive the equipment insurance requirement, and for the purpose of this Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to be insured. This policy shall be amended to provide permission for the Contractor to grant prior releases with respect to damage to the Contractor's Equipment. GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration .01 Unless specified otherwise the duration of each insurance policy shall be from the date of commencement of the Work until 10 Days after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate. .02 The Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the Owner, proof of insurance prior to commencement of the Work, and signed by an officer of the Contractor and either the underwriter or the broker. .03 The Contractor shall, on request, promptly provide the Owner with a certified true copy of each insurance policy exclusive of information pertaining to premium or premium bases used by the insurer to determine the cost of the insurance. The certified true copy shall include a signature by an officer of the Contractor and in addition, a signature by an officer of the insurer or the underwriter or the broker. .04 Where a policy is renewed the Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the Owner, renewed proof of insurance immediately following completion of renewal. .05 Unless specified otherwise the Contractor shall be responsible for the payment of deductible amounts under the policies. .06 If the Contractor fails to provide or maintain insurance as required in subsection GC 6.03, Contractor's Insurance, or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, then the Owner will have the right to provide and maintain such insurance and give evidence thereof to the Contractor. The Owner's cost thereof shall be payable by the Contractor to the Owner on demand. Page 26 OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -I I I I I I I I I .07 If the Contractor fails to pay the cost of the insurance placed by the Owner within 30 Days of the date on which the Owner made a formal demand for reimbursement of such costs the Owner may deduct the costs thereof from monies which are due or may become due to the Contractor. GC 6.04 Bonding .01 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the surety bonds in the amount required by the tender documents. .02 Such bonds shall be issued by a duly licensed surety company authorized to transact a business of suretyship in the Province of Ontario and shall be maintained in good standing until the fulfilment of the Contract. OPS General Conditions of Contrad - September 1999 Page 27 SECTION GC 7.0 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK GC 7.01 General .01 The Contractor warrants that the site of the Work has been visited during the preparation of the Tender and the character of the Work and all local conditions which may affect the performance of the Work are known. .02 The Contractor shall not commence the Work nor deliver anything to the Working Area until the Contractor has received a written order to commence the Work, signed by the Contract Administrator. .03 The Contractor shall have complete control of the Work and shall effectively direct and supervise the Work so as to ensure conformity with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating the various parts of the Work. .04 The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for the design, erection, operation, maintenance and removal of temporary structures and other temporary facilities and the design and execution of construction methods required in their use. .05 Notwithstanding paragraph GC 7.01.04, where the Contract Documents include designs for temporary structures and other temporary facilities or specify a method of construction in whole or part, such facilities and methods shall be considered to be part of the design of the Work, and the Contractor shall not be held responsible for that part of the design or the specified method of construction. The Contractor shall, however, be responsible for the execution of such design or specified method of construction in the same manner that the Contractor is responsible for the execution of the Work. .06 The Contractor shall execute the terms of the Contract in strict compliance with the requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1 (the "Act") and Ontario Regulation 213/91 (which regulates Construction Projects) and any other regulations under the Act (the "Regulations") which may affect the performance of the Work, as the "constructor" or "employer", as defined by the Act, as the case may be. The Contractor shall ensure that: a) worker safety is given first priority in planning, pricing and performing the Work; b) its officers and supervisory employees have a working knowledge of the duties of a "constructor" and "employer" as defined by the Act and the provisions of the Regulations applicable to the Work, and a personal commitment to comply with them; c) a copy of the most current version of the Act and the Regulations are available at the Contractor's office within the Working Area, or, in the absence of an office, in the possession of the supervisor responsible for the performance of the Work; d) workers employed to carry out the Work possess the knowledge, skills and protective devices required by law or recommended for use by a recognized industry association to allow them to work in safety; e) its supervisory employees carry out their duties in a diligent and responsible manner with due consideration for the health and safety of the workers; and f) all Subcontractors and their employees are properly protected from injury while they are at the work place. .07 The Contractor when requested shall provide the Owner with a copy of its health and safety policy and program at the pre-start meeting, and shall respond promptly to requests from the Owner for confirmation that its methods and procedures for carrying out the Work comply with the Act and Regulations. The Contractor shall cooperate with representatives of the Owner and inspectors appointed to enforce the Act and the Regulations in any investigations of worker health and safety in the performance of the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from any additional expense which the Owner may incur to have the Work performed as a result of the Contractor's failure to comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations. Page 28 OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I .1 I I I I I .08 Prior to commencement of the Work the Contractor shall provide to the Contract Administrator a list of those products controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System or WHMIS, which the Contractor expects to use on the Contract. Related Materials Safety Data Sheets shall accompany the submission. All containers used in the application of products controlled under WHMIS shall be labelled. The Contractor shall notify the Contractor Administrator of changes in writing and provide relevant Material Safety Data Sheets. .09 The Contractor shall have an authorized representative on the site while any work is being performed, to act for or on the Contractor's behalf. Prior to commencement of construction, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the names, addresses, positions and telephone numbers of the Contractor's representatives who can be contacted at any time to deal with matters relating to the Contract. .10 The Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Owner, furnish all reasonable aid, facilities and assistance required by the Contract Administrator for the proper inspection and examination of the Work or the taking of measurements for the purpose of payment. .11 The Contractor shall prepare, and update as required, a construction schedule indicating the timing of the major and critical activities of the Work. The schedule shall be designed to ensure conformity with the specified Contract Time. The schedule shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator within 14 Days from the date of the Contract award. .12 Where the Contractor finds any error, inconsistency or omission relating to the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly report it to the Contract Administrator and shall not proceed with the activity affected until receiving direction from the Contract Administrator. .13 The Contractor shall arrange with the appropriate utility authorities for the stake out of all underground utilities and service connections which may be affected by the Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage done to the underground utilities by the Contractor's forces during construction if the stake out locations are within the tolerances given in paragraph GC 2.01.01a). GC 7.02 Layout .01 Prior to commencement of construction, the Contract Administrator and the Contractor will locate on site those property bars. baselines and benchmarks which are necessary to delineate the Working Area and to layout the Work, all as shown on the Contract Drawings. .02 The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all property bars while the Work is in progress, except those property bars which must be removed to facilitate the Work. Any other property bars disturbed, damaged or removed by the Contractor's operations shall be replaced by an Ontario Land Surveyor, at the Contractor's expense. .03 At no extra cost to the Owner, the Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with such materials and devices as may be necessary to layout the baseline and benchmarks, and as may be necessary for the inspection of the Work. .04 The Contractor shall provide qualified personnel to layout and establish all lines and grades necessary for construction. The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of any layout work carried out, so that the same may be checked by the Contract Administrator. .05 The Contractor shall install and maintain substantial alignment markers and secondary benchmarks as may be required for the proper execution of the Work. The Contractor shall supply one copy of all alignment and grade sheets to the Contract Administrator. OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 Page 29 .06 The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for alignment, elevations and dimensions of each and all parts of the Work, regardless of whether the Contractor's layout work has been checked by the Contract Administrator. .07 All stakes, marks and reference points provided by the Contract Administrator shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor. In the case of their destruction or removal as a result of the Contractor's operations, such stakes, marks and reference points will be replaced by the Contract Administrator at the Contractor's expense. GC 7.03 Damage by Vehicles or Other Equipment .01 If at any time, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, damage is being done or is likely to be done to any Roadway or any improvement thereon, outside the Working Area, by the Contractor's vehicles or other equipment, whether licensed or unlicensed equipment, the Contractor shall, on the direction of the Contract Administrator, and at no extra cost to the Owner, make changes or substitutions for such vehicles or equipment, and shall alter loadings, or in some other manner, remove the cause of such damage to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. GC 7.04 Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles .01 Where a vehicle is hauling Material for use on the Work, in whole or in part upon a Highway, and where motor vehicle registration is required for such vehicle, the Contractor shall not cause or permit such vehicle to be loaded beyond the legal limit specified in the Highway Traffic Act. R.S.O. 1990, c.H.8, as amended, whether such vehicle is registered in the name of the Contractor or otherwise, except where there are designated areas within the Working Area where overloading is permitted. The Contractor shall bear the onus of weighing disputed loads. GC 7.05 Condition of the Working Area .01 The Contractor shall maintain the Working Area in a tidy condition and free from the accumulation of debris, other than that caused by the Owner or others. GC 7.06 Maintaining Roadways and Detours .01 Where an existing Roadway is affected by construction, it shall be kept open to traffic, and the Contractor shall, except as otherwise provided in this subsection, be responsible for providing and maintaining for the duration of the Work, a road through the Working Area, whether along an existing Highway, including the road under construction, or on detours within or adjacent to the Highway, in accordance with the MUTCD. .02 The Contractor shall not be required to maintain a road through the Working Area until such time as the Contractor has commenced operations or during seasonal shut down or on any part of the Contract that has been accepted in accordance with these General Conditions. The Contractor shall not be required to apply deicing chemicals or abrasives or carry out snowplowing. .03 Where localized and separated sections of the Highway only are affected by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor will not be required to maintain intervening sections of the Highway until such times as these sections are located within the limits of the Highway affected by the Contractor's general operations under the Contract. .04 Where the Contract Documents provide for or the Contract Administrator requires detours at speCific locations, payment for the construction of the detours, and if required, for the subsequent removal of the detours, will be made at the Contract prices appropriate to such work. Page 30 OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I .05 The Contractor shall maintain, in a satisfactory condition for traffic, a road through the Working Area, at the Owner's expense. The road through the Working Area will include any detour constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents or required by the Contract Administrator. Compensation for all labour, equipment and materials to do this work shall be at the Contract prices appropriate to the work and, where there are no such prices, at negotiated prices. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the cost of blading required to maintain the surface of such roads and detours shall be deemed to be included in the prices bid for the various tender items and no additional payment will be made. .06 Where work under the Contract is discontinued for any extended period including seasonal shutdown, the Contractor shall, when directed by the Contract Administrator, open and place the Roadway and detours in a passable, safe and satisfactory condition for public travel. .07 Where the Contractor constructs a detour which is not specifically provided for in the Contract Documents, or required by the Contract Administrator, the construction of the detour and, if required, the subsequent removal shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. The detour shall be constructed and maintained to structural and geometric standards approved by the Contract Administrator. Removal and site restoration shall be performed as directed by the Contract Administrator. .08 Where, with the prior written approval of the Contract Administrator, the Highway is closed and the traffic diverted entirely off the Highway to any other Highway, the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to the Owner, supply, erect and maintain traffic control devices in accordance with the MUTCD. .09 Compliance with the foregoing provisions shall in no way relieve the Contractor of obligations under subsection GC 6.01, Protection of Work, Persons and Property, dealing with the Contractor's responsibility for damage claims, except for claims arising on sections of Highway within the Working Area that are being maintained by others. GC 7.07 Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility Services .01 The Contractor shall provide at all times, and at no extra cost to the Owner, a) adequate pedestrian and vehicular access; and b) continuity of Utility services to properties adjoining the Working Area. .02 The Contractor shall provide at all times and at no extra cost to the Owner access to fire hydrants, and water and gas valves located in the Working Area. .03 Where any interruptions in the supply of Utility services are required and are authorized by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall give the affected property owners notice in accordance with subsection GC 7.11, Notices by the Contractor, and shall arrange such interruptions so as to create a minimum of interference to those affected. GC 7.08 Approvals and Pennlta .01 Except as specified in subsection GC 4.02, Approval and Permits, the Contractor shall obtain and pay for any permits, licenses, and certificates which at the date of tender closing, are required for the performance of the Work. .02 The Contractor shall arrange for all necessary inspections required by the approvals and permits specified in paragraph GC 7.08.01. OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 Page 31 GC 7.09 Suspension of Work .01 The Contractor shall, upon written notice from the Contract Administrator, discontinue or delay any or all of the Work and work shall not be resumed until the Contract Administrator so directs in writing. Delays, in these circumstances, will be administered according to subsection GC 3.08, Delays. GC 7.10 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract .01 If the Owner is adjudged bankrupt or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of insolvency, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy written notice, terminate the Contract. .02 If the Work is stopped or otherwise delayed for a period of 30 Days or more under an order of a court or other public authority and provided that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault of the Contractor or of anyone directly employed or engaged by the Contractor, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner written notice, terminate the Contract. .03 The Contractor may notify the Owner in writing, with a copy to the Contract Administrator, that the Owner is in default of contractual obligations if, a) the Contract Administrator fails to issue certificates in accordance with the provisions of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment; b) the Owner fails to pay the Contractor, within 30 Days of the due dates identified in clause GC 8.02.03, Certification and Payment, the amounts certified by the Contract Administrator or within 30 Days of an award by an arbitrator or court; or c) the Owner violates the requirements of the Contract. .04 The Contractor's written notice to the Owner shall advise that if the default is not corrected in the 7 Days immediately following the receipt of the written notice the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, stop the Work or terminate the Contract. .05 If the Contractor terminates the Contract under the conditions set out in this subsection, the Contractor shall be entitled to be paid for all work performed according to the Contract Documents and for any losses or damage as the Contractor may sustain as a result of the termination of the Contract. GC 7.11 Notices by the Contractor .01 Before work is carried out which may affect the property or operations of any Ministry or agency of government or any person, company, partnership or corporation, including a municipal corporation or any board or commission thereof, and in addition to such notices of the commencement of specified operations as are prescribed elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall give at least 48 hours advance written notice of the date of commencement of such work to the person, company, partnership, corporation, board, or commission so affected. .02 In the case of damage to, or interference with any utilities, pOle lines, pipe lines, conduits. farm tiles, or other public or privately owned works or property, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner and the Contract Administrator of the location and details of such damage or interference. Page 32 OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'I I I I I I I I I I GC 7.12 Obstructions .01 Except as otherwise noted in these General Conditions, the Contractor assumes all the risks and responsibilities arising out of any obstruction encountered in the performance of the Work and any traffic conditions, including traffic conditions on any Highway or road giving access to the Working Area caused by such obstructions, and the Contractor shall not make any claim against the Owner for any loss, damage or expense occasioned thereby. .02 Where the obstruction is a Utility or other man-made object, the Contractor shall not be required to assume the risks and responsibilities arising out of such obstruction, unless the location of the obstruction is shown on the plans or described in the specifications and the location so shown is within the tolerance specified in paragraph GC 2.01.01 a), or unless the presence and location of the obstruction has otherwise been made known to the Contractor or could have been determined by the visual site investigation made by the Contractor in accordance with these General Conditions. .03 During the course of the Contract, it is the Contractor's responsibility to consult with Utility companies or other appropriate authorities for further information in regard to the exact location of these Utilities, to exercise the necessary care in construction operations, and to take such other precautions as are necessary to safeguard the Utility from damage. GC 7.13 Limitations of Operations .01 Except for such work as may be required by the Contract Administrator to maintain the Work in a safe and satisfactory condition, the Contractor shall not carry on operations under the Contract on Sundays without permission in writing from the Contract Administrator. .02 The Contractor shall cooperate with other Contractors, Utility companies and the Owner and they shall be allowed access to their work or plant at all reasonable times. GC 7.14 Cleaning Up Before Acceptance .01 Upon attaining Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor shall remove surplus materials, tools, construction machinery and equipment not required for the performance of the remaining Work. The Contractor shall also remove all temporary works and debris other than that caused by the Owner, or others and leave the Work and Working Area clean and suitable for occupancy by the Owner unless otherwise specified. .02 The Work shall not be deemed to have reached Completion until the Contractor has removed surplus materials, tools, construction machinery and equipment. The Contractor shall also have removed debris, other than that caused by the Owner, or others. GC 7.15 Warranty .01 The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper performance of the Work only to the extent that the design and specifications permit such performance. .02 Subject to the previous paragraph the Contractor shall correct promptly, at no additional cost to the Owner, defects or deficiencies in the Work which appear, a) prior to and during the period of 12 months from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work, as set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, b) where the work is completed after the date of Substantial Performance, 12 months after Completion of the Work, c) where there is no Certificate of Substantial Performance, 12 months from the date of Completion of the Work as set out in the Completion Certificate, or OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 Page 33 d) such longer periods as may be specified for certain Materials or some of the Work. The Contract Administrator will promptly give the Contractor written notice of observed defects or deficiencies. .03 The Contractor shall correct or pay for damage resulting from corrections made under the requirements of paragraph GC 7.15.02. Pege34 OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION GC 8.0 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT GC 8.01 Measurement GC 8.01.01 Quantities .01 The Contract Administrator will make an estimate once a month, in writing, of the quantity of Work performed. The first estimate will be the quantity of Work performed since the Contractor commenced the Contract, and every subsequent estimate, except the final one, will be of the quantity of Work performed since the preceding estimate was made. The Contract Administrator will provide the copy of each estimate to the Contractor within 10 Days of the Cut-Off Date. .02 Such quantities for progress payments shall be construed and held to approximate. The final quantities for the issuance of the Completion Certificate shall be based on the measurement of Work completed. .03 Measurement of the quantities of the Work performed will be either by Actual Measurement or by Plan Quantity principles as indicated in the Contract. Adjustments to Plan Quantity measurements will normally be made using Plan Quantity principles but may, where appropriate, be made using Actual Measurements. Those items identified on the Tender by the notation (P) in the unit column shall be paid according to the Plan Quantity. Items where the notation (P) does not occur shall be paid according to Actual Measurement. GC 8.01.02 Variations in Tender Quantities .01 Where it appears that the quantity of Work to be done and/or Material to be supplied by the Contractor under a unit price tender item will exceed or be less than the tender quantity, the Contractor shall proceed to do the Work and/or supply the Material required to complete the tender item and payment will be made for the actual amount of Work done and/or Material supplied at the unit prices stated in the Tender except as provided below: a) In the case of a Major Item where the quantity of Work performed and/or Material supplied by the Contractor exceeds the tender quantity by more than 15%, either party to the Contract may make a written request to the other party to negotiate a revised unit price for that portion of the Work performed and/or Material supplied which exceeds 115% of the tender quantity. The negotiation shall be carried out as soon as reasonably possible. Any revision of the unit price shall be based on the reasonable cost of doing the Work and/or supplying the Material under the tender item plus a reasonable allowance for profit and applicable overhead. b) In the case of a Major Item where the quantity of Work performed and/or Material supplied by the Contractor is less than 85% of the tender quantity, the Contractor may make a written request to negotiate for the portion of the actual overheads and fixed costs applicable to the amount of the underrun in excess of 15% of the tender quantity. For purposes of the negotiation, the overheads and fixed costs applicable to the item are deemed to have been prorated uniformly over 100% of the tender quantity for the item. Overhead costs shall be confirmed by a statement certified by the Contractor's senior financial officer or auditor and may be audited by the Owner. Alternatively, where both parties agree, an allowance equal to 10% of the unit price on the amount of the underrun in excess of 15% of the tender quantity will be paid. Written requests for compensation must be received no later than 60 Days after the issuance of the Completion Certificate. GC 8.02 GC 8.02.01 Payment Price for Work .01 Prices for the Work shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment and Material required in its performance. The term "all labour, Equipment and Material" shall include Hand Tools, supplies and other incidentals. OPS General Conditions of Contrad - September 1999 Page 35 .02 Payment for work not specifically detailed as part of anyone item and without specified details of payment will be deemed to be included in the items with which it is associated. GC 8.02.02 Advance Payments for Material .01 The Owner will make advance payments for Material intended for incorporation in the Work upon the written request of the Contractor and according to the following terms and conditions: a) The Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of the shipment of the Material, arrange for adequate and proper storage facilities and notify the Contract Administrator of their locations. b) The value of aggregates, processed and stockpiled, shall be assessed by the following procedure: i. Sources Other Than Commercial (1) Granular 'A', 'B' and 'M' shall be assessed at the rate of 60% of the Contract price. (2) Coarse and fine aggregates for hot mix asphaltic concrete, surface treatment and Portland cement concrete shall be assessed at the rate of 25% of the Contract price for each aggregate stockpiled. ii. Commercial Sources Payment for separated coarse and fine aggregates will be considered at the above rate when such materials are stockpiled at a commercial source where further processing is to be carried out before incorporating such materials into a final product. Advance payments for other materials located at a commercial source will not be made. c) Payment for all other materials, unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract, shall be based on the invoice price, and the Contractor shall submit proof of cost to the Contract Administrator before payment can be made by the Owner. d) The payment for all Materials shall be prorated against the appropriate tender item by paying for sufficient units of the item to cover the value of the material. Such payment shall not exceed 80% of the Contract price for the item. e) All Materials for which the Contractor wishes to receive advance payment shall be placed in the designated storage location immediately upon receipt of the material and shall thenceforth be held by the Contractor in trust for the Owner as collateral security for any monies advanced by the Owner and for the due completion of the Work. The Contractor shall not exercise any act of ownership inconsistent with such security, or remove any Material from the storage locations, except for inclusion in the Work, without the consent, in writing, of the Contract Administrator. f) Such materials shall remain at the risk of the Contractor who shall be responsible for any loss, damage, theft, improper use or destruction of the material however caused. .02 Where the Owner makes advance payments subject to the conditions listed in paragraph GC 8.02.02.01, such payment shall not constitute acceptance of the Material by the Owner. Acceptance shall only be determined when the material meets the requirements of the appropriate specification. GC 8.02.03 Certification and Payment GC 8.02.03.01 Progress Payment Certificate .01 The value of the Work performed and Material supplied will be calculated once a month by the Contract Administrator in accordance with the Contract Documents and clause GC 8.01.01, Quantities. .02 The progress Payment Certificate will show, a) the quantities of Work performed; b) the value of Work performed; c) any advanced payment for Materials; d) the amount of statutory holdback, liens, Owner's set-off; e) the amount of GST as applicable; and f) the amount due the Contractor. Page 36 OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I. I I I I I I I I .03 One copy of the progress Payment Certificate will be sent to the Contractor. .04 Payment will be made within 30 Days of the Cut-Off Date. GC 8.02.03.02 Certification of Subcontract Completion .01 Before the Work has reached the stage of Substantial Performance, the Contractor may notify the Contract Administrator, in writing that a subcontract is completed satisfactorily and ask that the Contract Administrator certify the completion of such subcontract. .02 The Contract Administrator will issue a Certificate of Subcontract Completion if the subcontract has been completed satisfactorily, and all required inspection and testing of the works covered by the subcontract have been carried out and the results are satisfactory. .03 The Contract Administrator will set out in the Certificate of Subcontract Completion the date on which the subcontract was completed and within 7 Days of the date the subcontract is certified complete, the Contract Administrator will give a copy of the certificate to the Contractor and to the Subcontractor concerned. GC 8.02.03.03 Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Certificate and Payment .01 Following receipt of the Certificate of Subcontract Completion, the Owner will release and pay the Contractor the statutory holdback retained in respect of the subcontract. Such release shall be made 46 Days after the date the subcontract was certified complete and providing the Contractor submits the following to the Contract Administrator: a) a document satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that will release the Owner from all further claims relating to the subcontract, qualified by stated exceptions such as holdback monies; b) evidence satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that the Subcontractor has discharged all liabilities incurred in carrying out the subcontract; c) a satisfactory clearance certificate or letter from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board relating to the subcontract; and d) a copy of the contract between the Contractor and the Subcontractor and a satisfactory statement showing the total amount due the Subcontractor from the Contractor. .02 Paragraph GC 8.02.03.03.01 d), will only apply to Lump Sum Items and then only when the Contract Administrator specifically requests it. .03 Upon receipt of the statutory holdback, the Contractor shall forthwith give the Subcontractor the payment due under the subcontract. .04 Release of statutory holdback by the Owner in respect of a subcontract shall not relieve the Contractor, or the Contractor's Surety, of any of their responsibilities. GC 8.02.03.04 Certification of Substantial Performance .01 Upon application by the Contractor and where the Contract has been substantially performed the Contract Administrator will issue a Certificate of Substantial Performance. .02 The Contract Administrator will set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance the date on which the Contract was substantially performed and within 7 Days after signing the said certificate the Contract Administrator will provide a copy to the Contractor. .03 Upon receipt of a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance, the Contractor shall forthwith, as required by Section 32(1) Paragraph 5 of the Construction Lien Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.C.30, as amended, publish a copy of the certificate in a construction trade newspaper. Such publication shall include placement in the Daily Commercial News. OPs General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 Page 37 .04 Where the Contractor fails to publish a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance as required above within 7 Days after receiving a copy of the certificate signed by the Contract Administrator, the Owner may publish a copy of the certificate at the Contractor's expense. .05 Except as otherwise provided for in Section 31 of the Construction Lien Act, the 45-day lien period prior to the release of holdback as referred to in clause GC 8.02.03.05, Substantial Performance Payment and Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates, shall commence from the date of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance as provided for above. GC 8.02.03.05 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates .01 When the Contract Administrator issues the Certificate of Substantial Performance the Contract Administrator will also issue the Substantial Performance Payment Certificate and the Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate or where appropriate, a combined payment certificate. .02 The Substantial Performance Payment Certificate will show, a) the value of Work performed to the date of Substantial Performance; b) the value of outstanding or incomplete Work; c) the amount of the statutory holdback, allowing for any previous releases of statutory holdback to the Contractor in respect of completed subcontracts and deliveries of pre-selected equipment; d) the amount of maintenance security required; and e) the amount due the Contractor. .03 Payment of the amount certified will be made within 30 Days of the date of issuance of the payment certificate. .04 The Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate will be a payment certificate releasing to the Contractor the statutory holdback due in respect of Work performed up to the date of Substantial Performance. Payment of such statutory holdback shall be due 46 Days after the date of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance but subject to the provisions of the Construction Lien Act and the submission by the Contractor of the following documents: a) a release by the Contractor in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator releasing the Owner from all further claims relating to the Contract, qualified by stated exceptions such as outstanding work or matters arising out of subsection GC 3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation; b) a statutory declaration in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that all liabilities incurred by the Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract have been discharged except for statutory hold backs properly retained; c) a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board; and d) proof of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance. GC 8.02.03.06 Certification of Completion .01 Upon application by the Contractor, and when the Contract reaches Completion, the Contract Administrator will issue a Completion Certificate. .02 The Contract Administrator will set out in the Completion Certificate the date on which the Work was completed and within 7 Days of signing the said certificate the Contract Administrator will provide a copy to the Contractor. Page 38 OPs General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC 8.02.03.07 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates .01 When the Contract Administrator issues the Completion Certificate, the Contract Administrator will also issue the Completion Payment Certificate and the Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate or where appropriate, a combined payment certificate. .02 The Completion Payment Certificate will show, a) measurement and value of Work at Completion; b) the amount of the further statutory holdback based on the value of further work completed over and above the value of work completed shown in the Substantial Performance Payment Certificate referred to above; and c) the amount due the Contractor. .03 The.. Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate will be a payment certificate releasing to the Contractor the further statutory holdback. Payment of such statutory holdback shall be due 46 Days after the date of Completion of the Work as established by the Completion Certificate but subject to the provisions of the Construction Lien Act and the submission by the Contractor of the following documents: a) a release by the Contractor in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator releasing the Owner from all further claims relating to the Contract, qualified by stated exceptions where appropriate; b) a statutory declaration in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that all liabilities incurred by the Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract have been discharged, qualified by stated exceptions where appropriate; and c) a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board. GC 8.02.03.08 Interest .01 Interest due the Contractor is based on simple interest and is calculated using the applicable Rate of Interest. GC 8.02.03.09 Interest for Late Payment .01 Provided the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the Contract including all documentation requirements, when payment by the Owner to the Contractor for Work performed, or for release of statutory holdback, is delayed by the Owner, then the Contractor shall be entitled to receive interest on the outstanding payment at the Rate of Interest, if payment is not received on the dates set out below: a) Progress Payment Certificates: 30 Days after the Cut-Off Date; b) Certificate of Subcontract Completion: 30 Days after the date certified as the date on which the subcontract was completed; c) Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate: 76 Days after the date on which the subcontract was completed; d) Substantial Performance Payment Certificate: 30 Days after the date of issuance of the certificate. e) Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate: 76 Days after publication of the Payment Certificate of Substantial Performance; f) Completion Payment Certificate: 30 Days after the date certified as the date on which the Contract reached Completion; g) Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate: 76 Days after the date certified as the date which the Work was completed. .02 If the Contractor has not complied with the requirements of the Contract, including all documentation requirements, prior to expiration of the time periods described in paragraph GC 8.02.03.09.01, interest will only begin to accrue when the Contractor has completed those requirements. OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 Page 39 GC 8.02.03.10 Interest for Negotiations and Claims .01 Except as hereinafter provided, where a notice of negotiation, notice of intent to claim and the subsequent claims are submitted in accordance with the time limits and/or procedure described by subsection GC 3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, the Owner will pay the Contractor the Rate of Interest on the amount of the negotiated price for that part of the Work or on the amount of the settled claim. Such interest will not commence until 30 Days after the satisfactory completion of that part of the Work. .02 Where the Contractor does not attempt to resolve the negotiation or the claim in an expeditious manner, interest shall be negotiable. .03 Where the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within the time limit prescribed by subsection GC 3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, interest shall not be paid. .04 Where a Contractor fails to comply with the 30-day time limit and the procedures prescribed in paragraph GC 3.14.03.03 for submission of claims, interest shall not be paid for the delay period. GC 8.02.03.11 Owner's Set-Off .01 Pursuant to Section 12 of the Construction Lien Act, the Owner may retain from monies owing to the Contractor under this Contract an amount sufficient to cover any outstanding or disputed liabilities including the cost to remedy deficiencies, the reduction in value of substandard portions of the Work, claims for damages by third parties which have not been determined in writing by the Contractor's insurer, undetermined claims by the Owner under paragraph GC 8.01.02.01 a), any assessment due the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board and any monies to be paid to the workers in accordance with clause GC 8.02.06, Payment of Workers. .02 Under these circumstances the Owner will give the Contractor appropriate notice of such action. GC 8.02.03.12 Delay In Payment .01 The Owner shall not be deemed to be in default of the Contract provided any delay in payment does not exceed 30 Days from the due dates as defined in paragraph GC 8.02.03.09.01. GC 8.02.04 GC 8.02.04.01 Payment on a Time and Material Basis Definitions .01 For the purpose of this clause the following definitions apply: Cost of Labour: means the amount of wages, salary, travel, travel time, food, lodging or similar items and Payroll Burden paid or incurred directly by the Contractor to or if"! respect of labour and supervision actively and necessarily engaged on the Work based on the recorded time and hourly rates of pay for such labour and supervision, but shall not include any payment or costs incurred for general supervision, administration of management time spent on the entire Work or any wages, salary or Payroll Burden for which the Contractor is compensated by any payment made by the Owner for Equipment. Cost of Material: means the cost of Material purchased, or supplied from stock, and valued at current market prices, for the purpose of carrying out Extra Work, by the Contractor, or by others when such arrangements have been made by the Contractor for completing the Work, as shown by itemized invoices. Operated Rented Equipment: means Rented Equipment for which an operator is provided by the supplier of the equipment and for which the rent or lease includes the cost of the operator. Page 40 OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Payroll Burden: means the payments in respect of workplace insurance, vacation pay, employment insurance, public liability and property damage insurance, sickness and accident insurance, pension fund and such other welfare and benefit payments forming part of the Contractor's normal labour costs. Rented Equipment: means equipment that is rented or leased for the special purpose of Work on a Time and Material Basis from a person, firm or corporation that is not an associate of the lessee as defined by the Securities Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.S.5, as amended, and is approved by the Contract Administrator. Road Work: means the preparation, construction, finishing and construction maintenance of roads, streets, highways and parking lots and includes all work incidental thereto other than work on structures. Sewer and Watermain Work: means the preparation, construction, finishing and construction maintenance of sewer systems and watermain systems, and includes all work incidental thereto other than work on structures. Standby Time: means any period of time which is not considered Working Time and which together with the Working Time does not exceed 10 hours in anyone Working Day and during which time a unit of equipment cannot practically be used on other work but must remain on the site in order to continue with its assigned task and during which time the unit is in fully operable condition. Structure Work: means the construction, reconstruction, repair, alteration, remodelling, renovation or demolition of any bridge, building, tunnel or retaining wall and includes the preparation for and the laying of the foundation of any bridge, building, tunnel or retaining wall and the installation of equipment and appurtenances incidental thereto. The 127 Rate: means the rate for a unit of equipment as listed in OPSS 127, Schedule of Rental Rates for Construction Equipment Including Model and Specification Reference, which is current at the time the work is carried out or for equipment which is not so listed, the rate which has been calculated by the Owner, using the same principles as used in determining The 127 Rates. Work on a Time and Material Basis: means Changes in the Work, Extra Work and Additional Work approved by the Contract Administrator for payment on a Time and Material basis. The Work on a Time and Material Basis shall be subject to all the terms, conditions, specifications and provisions of the Contract. Working Time: means each period of time during which a unit of equipment is actively and of necessity engaged on a specific operation and the first 2 hours of each immediately following period during which the unit is not so engaged but during which the operation is otherwise proceeding and during which time the unit cannot practically be transferred to other work but must remain on the site in order to continue with its assigned tasks and during which time the unit is in a fully operable condition. GC 8.02.04.02 Daily Work Records .01 Daily Work Records prepared as the case may be by either the Contractor's representative or the Contract Administrator and reporting the labour and Equipment employed and the Material used on each Time and Material project, shall be reconciled and signed each day by both the Contractor's representative and the Contract Administrator. GC 8.02.04.03 Payment for Work .01 Payment as herein provided shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment and Material to do the Work on a Time and Material Basis except where there is agreement to the contrary prior to the commencement of the Work on a Time and Material Basis. The payment adjustments on a Time and Material basis shall apply to each individual Change Order authorized by the Contract Administrator. OPS General Conditions of Contrad - September 1999 Page 41 GC 8.02.04.04 Payment for Labour .01 The Owner will pay the Contractor for labour employed on each Time and Material project at 135% of the Cost of Labour up to $3000, then at 120% of any portion of the Cost of Labour in excess of $3000. .02 The Owner will make payment in respect of Payroll Burden for Work on a Time and Material Basis at the Contractor's actual cost of Payroll Burden. .03 At the Owner's discretion, an audit may be conducted in which case the actual Payroll Burden so determined shall be applied to all Time and Material work on the Contract. GC 8.02.04.05 Payment for Material .01 The Owner will pay the Contractor for Material used on each Time and Material project at 120% of the Cost of the Material up to $3000, then at 115% of any portion of the Cost of Material in excess of $3000. GC 8.02.04.06 GC 8.02.04.06.01 Payment for Equipment Working Time .01 The Owner will pay the Contractor for the Working Time of all equipment other than Rented Equipment and Operated Rented Equipment used on the Work on a Time and Material basis at The 127 Rates with a cost adjustment as follows: a) Cost $10,000 or less - no adjustment; b) Cost greater than $10,000 but not exceeding $20,000 - payment $10,000 plus 90% of the portion in excess of $10,000; and c) Cost greater than $ 20,000 - $19,000 plus 80% of the portion in excess 01$20,000. .02 The Owner will pay the Contractor for the Working Time of Rented Equipment used on the Work on a Time and Material Basis at 110% of the invoice price approved by the Contract Administrator up to a maximum of 110% of The 127 Rate. This constraint will be waived when the Contract Administrator approves the invoice price prior to the use of the Rented Equipment. .03 The Owner will pay the Contractor for the Working Time of Operated Rented Equipment used on the Work on a Time and Material Basis at 110% of the Operated Rented Equipment invoice price approved by the Contract Administrator prior to the use of the equipment on the Work on a Time and Material Basis. GC 8.02.04.06.02 Standby Time .01 The Owner will pay the Contractor for Standby Time of Equipment at 35% of The 127 Rate or 35% of the invoice price whichever is appropriate. The Owner will pay reasonable costs for Rented Equipment where this is necessarily retained in the Working Area for extended periodS agreed to by the Contract Administrator. This will include Rented Equipment intended for use on other work, but has been idled due to the circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time and Material Basis. .02 In addition, the Owner will include the Cost of Labour of operators or associated labourers who cannot be otherwise employed during the standby period or during the period of idleness caused by the circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time and Material Basis. .03 The Contract Administrator may require Rented Equipment idled by the circumstances giving rise to the Work on Time and Material Basis to be returned to the lessor until the work requiring the equipment can be resumed. The Owner will pay such costs as result from such return. Page 42 OPs General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I' I' I I I I I I I I .04 When Equipment is transported, solely for the purpose of the Work on a Time and Material Basis, to or from the Working Area on a Time and Material basis, payment will be made by the Owner only in respect of the transporting units. When Equipment is moved under its own power it shall be deemed to be working. The method of moving Equipment and the rates shall be subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator. GC 8.02.04.07 Payment for Hand Tools .01 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, no payment shall be made to the Contractor for or in respect of Hand Tools or equipment that are tools of the trade. GC 8.02.04.08 Payment for Work By Subcontractors .01 Where the Contractor arranges for Work on a Time and Material Basis, or a part of it, to be performed by Subcontractors on a Time and Material basis and has received approval prior to the commencement of such work, in accordance with the requirements of subsection GC 3.10, Subcontracting by the Contractor, the Owner will pay the cost of Work on a Time and Material Basis by the Subcontractor calculated as if the Contractor had done the Work on a Time and Material Basis, plus a markup calculated on the following basis: a) 20% of the first $3,000; plus b) 15% of the amount from $3,000 to $10,000; plus c) 5% of the amount in excess of $10,000. .02 No further markup will be applied regardless of the extent to which the work is assigned or sublet to others. If work is assigned or sublet to an associate, as defined by the Securities Act no markup whatsoever will be applied. GC 8.02.04.09 Submission of Invoices .01 At the start of the Work on a Time and Material Basis, the Contractor shall provide the applicable labour and Equipment rates not already submitted to the Contract Administrator during the course of such work. .02 Separate summaries shall be completed by the Contractor according to the standard form "Summary for Payment of Accounts on a Time and Material Basis". Each summary shall include the order number and covering dates of the work and shall itemize separately labour, Materials and Equipment. Invoices for Materials, Rented Equipment and other charges incurred by the Contractor on the Work on a Time and Material Basis shall be included with each summary. .03 Each month the Contract Administrator will include with the monthly progress payment certificate, the costs of the Work on a Time and Material Basis incurred during the preceding month all in accordance with the contract administrative procedures and the Contractor's invoice of the Work on a Time and Material Basis. .04 The final "Summary for Payment of Accounts on a Time and Material Basis" shall be submitted by the Contractor within 60 Days after the completion of the Work on a Time and Material Basis. GC 8.02.05 Final Acceptance Certificate .01 After the acceptance of the Work the Contract Administrator will issue the Final Acceptance Certificate, or, where applicable, after the Warranty Period has expired. The Final Acceptance Certificate will not be issued until all known deficiencies have been adjusted or corrected, as the case may be, and the Contractor has discharged all obligations under the Contract. OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 Page 43 GC 8.02.06 Payment of Workers .01 The Contractor shall, in addition to any fringe benefits, pay the workers employed on the Work in accordance with the labour conditions set out in the Contract and at intervals of not less than twice a month. .02 The Contractor shall require each Subcontractor doing any part of the Work to pay the workers employed by the Subcontractor on the Work in accordance with paragraph GC 8.02.06.01. .03 Where any person employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor or other person on the Work is paid less than the amount required to be paid under the Contract, the Owner may set off monies in accordance with clause GC 8.02.03.11, Owner's Set-Off. GC 8.02.07 Records .01 The Contractor shall maintain and keep accurate Records relating to the Work, Changes in the Work, Extra Work and claims arising therefrom. Such Records shall be of sufficient detail to support the total cost of the Work, Changes in the Work, and Extra Work. The Contractor shall preserve all such original Records until 12 months after the Final Acceptance Certificate is issued or until all claims have been settled, whichever is longer. The Contractor shall require that Subcontractors employed by the Contractor preserve all original Records pertaining to the Work, Changes in the Work, Extra Work and claims arising therefrom for a similar period of time. .02 If, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, Daily Work Records are required, such records shall report the labour and Equipment employed and the Material used on any specific portion of the Work. The Daily Work Records shall be reconciled with and signed by the Contractor's representative each day. .03 The Owner may inspect and audit the Contractor's Records relating to the Work, Extra Work and Changes in the Work at any time during the period of the Contract. The Contractor shall supply certified copies of any part of its Records required whenever requested by the Owner. GC 8.02.08 Taxes and Duties .01 Where a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes occurs after the date of tender closing for this Contract, and this change could not have been anticipated at the time of bidding, the Owner will increase or decrease Contract payments to account for the exact amount of tax change involved. .02 Claims for compensation for additional tax cost shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Contract Administrator on forms provided by the Contract Administrator to the Contractor. Such claims for additional tax costs shall be submitted not less than 30 Days after the date of Final Acceptance. .03 Where the Contractor benefits from a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes, the Contractor shall submit to the Contract Administrator, on forms provided by the Contract Administrator, a statement of such benefits. This statement shall be submitted not later than 30 Days after Final Acceptance. .04 Changes in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes which impact upon commodities, which when left in place form part of the finished Work, or the provision of services, where such services form part of the Work and where the manufacture or supply of such commodities or the provision of such services is carried out by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, are subject to a claim or benefit as detailed above. Services in the latter context means the supply and operation of equipment, the provision of labour and the supply of commodities, which do not form part of the Work. Page 44 oPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC 8.02.09 Liquidated Damages .01 When liquidated damages are specified in the Contract and the Contractor fails to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay such amounts as are specified in the Contract Documents. OPS General Conditions of Contract - September 1999 Page 45 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I A-I CONTRACT NO. 05130 THIS AGREEMENT MADE IN TRIPLICATE THIS 13th DA Y OF July , 2006 BETWEEN: MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE 1475 Concession 5, RR5 Kincardine, ON N2Z 2X6 (hereinafter called "the Owner") OF THE FIRST PART - and - BOMAR LANDSCAPING INC. P.O. Box 25078, Stone Road Guelph, ON N1G 4T4 (hereinafter called "the Contractor") OF THE SECOND PART WITNESSETH That the Owner and the Contractor, in consideration of the fulfilment of their respective promises and obligations herein set forth covenant and agree with each other as follows: ARTICLE 1 a) A description of the work is: Municipality of Kincardine, Kincardine Soccer Fields, Contract No. 05130. b) The Contractor shall, except as otherwise specifically provided, at his own expense, provide all and every kind oflabour, machinery, plant, structures, roads, ways, materials, appliances, articles and things necessary for the due execution and completion of all the work set out in this contract and shall forthwith according to the instructions of the Engineer commence the works and diligently execute the respective portions thereof and deliver the works complete in every particular to the Owner within the time specified. ARTICLE 2 In case of any inconsistency or conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plans, and Specifications or General Conditions, or Tender, or any other documents or writing, the provisions of such documents shall take precedence and govern in the following order; namely, I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I A-2 a) Agreement b) Addenda c) Special Provisions d) Contract Drawings e) Information to Bidders f) Standard Specifications g) Standard Drawings h) Form of Tender i) Supplemental General Conditions j) General Conditions ARTICLE 3 The Contractor shall not without the consent in writing of the Owner (or the Engineer) and without restricting in any way the provisions of the General Conditions attached hereto make any assignment of any part or the whole of any monies due or to become due under the provisions of this contract. ARTICLE 4 The Owner covenants with the Contractor that the Contractor having in all respects complied with the provisions of this contract, will be paid for and in respect of the works the sum of Nine Hundred and Twenty-Four Thousand. Three Hundred and Four Dollars ------------------------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 63 cents ($924.304.63) subject to such additions and deductions as may properly be made under the terms hereof, subject to the provision that the Owner may make payments on account monthly or otherwise as may be provided in the attached hereto. ARTICLE 5 Where any notice, direction or other communication is required to be or may be given or made by one of the parties hereto to the other or to the Engineer, it shall be deemed sufficiently given or made if mailed or delivered in writing to such party or to the Engineer at the following address: B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED Consulting Engineers 62 North Street Goderich, Ontario. N7A 2T4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I A-3 Where any such notice, direction or other communication is given or made to the Engineer, a copy thereof shall likewise be delivered to any agent of the Engineer appointed in accordance with the General Conditions of this Contract and where any such notice, direction or other communications is given or made to such Agent, a copy thereof shall likewise be delivered to the Engineer. ARTICLE 6 A copy of each of the General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions, Special Provisions, Addenda, Tender, Information to Bidders, and Supplemental Specifications is hereto annexed and together with the Plans relating therto and listed in the Specifications are made part of this Contract as fully to all intents and purposes as though recited in full herein. ARTICLE 7 No implied contract of any kind whatsoever by or on behalf of the Owner shall arise or be implied from anything in this contract contained, nor from any position or situation of the parties at any time, it being clearly understood that the express covenants and agreements herein contained made by the Owner shall be the only covenants and agreements upon which any rights against the Owner may be founded. ARTICLE 8 Time shall be deemed the essence of this Contract. ARTICLE 9 The Contractor declares that in tendering for the works and in entering into this Contract, he has either investigated for himself the character of the work and all local conditions that might affect his tender of his acceptance of the work, or that not having so investigated, he is willing to assume and does hereby assume all risk of conditions arising or developing in the course of the work which might or could make the work or any items hereof, more expensive in character, or more onerous to fulfill than was contemplated or known when the tender was made or the Contract signed. The Contractor also declares that he did not and does not rely upon information furnished by any methods whatsoever by the Owner or its officers or employees, being aware that any information from such sources was and is approximate and speculative only, and was not in any manner warranted or guaranteed by the Owner. I I I I I I I I I~ JJ ~o'-- ~~ '3. ~C-~_~~,^(Oll I Signature Name I!We have the authority to bind the corporation. I I I I I I I I I A-4 ARTICLE 10 This contract shall apply to and be binding on the parties hereto and their successors, administrators, executors and assigns and each of them. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals the day and year first above written or caused their corporate seals to be affixed, attested by the signature of their proper officer, as the case may be. FOR THE OWNER: ~~. (J/~ If. J-Ho-. nvi-f Q't Title ~J-y 1J..1 ;)04(0 Date Signature Name I/We have the authority to bind the corporation. c... 1'\ 0 Title ..s~( "( z 410 (. Date ,," ~ "\.. . .,'- -. " '----- . .,'--- '- .- S- .-- '---" '-- ..... . r~;~j Title .- - - .- 1\JJJ~~j-': .~~ . M..___- _ ,~ ...'" .. ~ - - ~ Kt.u~ 6c>~~~ Name I/We have the authority to bind the corporation. Signature Title Name Date I/W e have the authority to bind the corporation. F:\wp\Contracts\Fonns\A-1-4.doc I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Page 1 MUNICIP ALITY OF KINCARDINE NOTICE TO ALL CONTRACTORS CORPORATE STATEMENT OCCUP A TIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine is committed to ensuring that a high standard of health and safety is provided and maintained for all employees' visitors, guests, contractors, agents and others on our premises. Accordingly, a corporate health and safety policy and procedure manual has been adopted and implemented and shall be adhered to (to be completed September 2005). ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL: 1. Demonstrate establishment and maintenance of health and safety program with objectives and standards consistent with applicable legislation and with the Municipality of Kincardine's health and safety policies and requirements. (Municipal policies to be completed September 2005). 2. Submit a copy of past accident records and Worker's Compensation Board Number. 3. Include health and safety provisions in their management systems to reach and maintain consistently a high level of health and safety. 4. Ensure that workers in their employ are aware of hazardous substances that may be in use at their place of work and wear appropriate personal protective equipment as may be required. 5. Upon request at any time from award to completion of contract, submit proof of fulfilment of above responsibilities. 6. Must comply with Workplace Safety Insurance Board (WSIB) premiums. 7. The Contractor shall sign-off on the corporate occupational health & safety form stating his agreement to comply. Your co-operation and assistance in this matter is appreciated and vital to the Health and Safety of all. F:\wp\Contracts\Forms\KINCARDINE Health and Safety Form.doc I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Page 2 MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY COMPLIANCE FORM I have read the "Municipality of Kincardine, Notice to All Contractors, Corporate Statement of Occupational Health and Safety" and agree to comply with it. K.pAl~V\ 'BO\.LW~ ~ ~Ol, ~tot::d-:,Caf~ lAo--c Date F:\wp\Contracts\Forms\KlNCARDlNE Health and Safety Form.doc I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CONTRACT RELEASE IN THE MATTER of a Contract dated ,20_, known as Contract for the construction of in the , Ontario KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that I/We (name of Contractor, in full) for and in consideration of other good and valuable consideration paid by the Owner, have remised, released and forever discharged, and by these presents do for myself/ourselves, my/our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns or successors and assigns, as the case may be, remise, release and forever discharge the Owner, its successors and assigns, of and from all manner of action and actions, cause and causes of action, suits, debts, dues sums of money, claims and demands whatsoever at low or in equity which I/We ever had or now have, or which I/We or my/our heirs, executors, administrators or assigns or successors and assigns, as the case may be, hereafter can, shall or may have by reason of the above-mentioned Contract, save and except any claim which I/We have arising out of; 1) the retention by the Owner of the maintenance holdback of the Contract price; 2) any sum retained by the Owner against the cost of uncompleted work; 3) (if none, state "none") IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals. SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED ) ) ) ) ) ) Witness or Company Seal F:\wp\Contracts\Forms\Contract Release.doc I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I STATUTORY DECLARATION RE PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS DOMINION OF CANADA (IN THE MA TIER of a contract, known as Contract (entered into between ( ( AND ( (dated (for the construction of ( (in the Owner the Contractor ,20_ , Ontario. TO WIT: I, Province of of in the , do solemnly declare: 1. That I am X of the (President, Secretary, Treasurer, a Partner, etc.) Contractor named in the Contract above-mentioned and as such have personal knowledge of the facts hereunder declared. 2. That the said Contractor has complied with the terms of the Construction Lien Act, 1983, and amendments thereto, with the requirements of statutes and regulations of the Province of Ontario relating to the payment of fair wages and with the requirements of the said Contract relating to the payment of wages. 3. That with the exception of accounts listed below, all liabilities (including payment due to all staff, sub-contractors, suppliers, Workers' Compensation Board, insurance companies) incurred by the said Contractor arising out of our work performed, have been discharged. Name & Address of Creditor Service Rendered Amount Total Outstandin2 (If there are no accounts, enter "NONE" above) AND I MAKE THIS SOLEMN DECLARA nON conscientiously believing it to be true and knowing that it is of the same force and effect as if made under oath and by virtue of "The Canada Evidence Act". DECLARED before me at the of in the County of this A.D. 20 ) ) day of ) ) ) ) A Commissioner, etc. or Notary Public F:\wp\Contracts\F orms\Accounts.doc I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I STATUTORY DECLARATION RE LIENS & LIABILITIES DOMINION OF CANADA (IN THE MATTER of a contract, known as Contract (entered into between ( ( AND ( (dated (for the construction of ( (in the owner the Contractor 20 Ontario. TO WIT: I, Province of of in the do solemnly declare: l. That I am of the (President, Secretary, Treasurer, a Partner, etc.) Contractor named in the Contract above-mentioned and as such have personal knowledge of the facts hereunder declared. 2. That all persons who have performed any work or service upon or in respect of, or placed or furnished any materials or things to be used in connection with the above contract, have been fully paid or their claims have been settled in respect of such work, service, materials or things and there are no liens, garnishees, attachments or claims relating thereto. 3. That all subcontractors who were engaged in or in any manner associated with the performance of any part of the above contract have been fully paid or their claims have been settled in respect thereof except to the extent that monies (not exceeding in any instance 14% of the value of the work performed by the subcontractor) have been held back by written agreement with any such subcontractors. 4. That all subcontractors who were engaged in or in any manner associated with the performance of any part of the above contract have discharged all liabilities which they incurred in respect thereof. 5. That all claims for damage to property or injury to persons of which the above-named Contractor has received notice have been fully paid or settled. 6. That the above-named Contractor has not had any notice of any grounds for a claim (other than those covered by para. 5 above) connected with this contract by a third party and for which a claim might be made and I believe that no such claim will be made. AND I MAKE THIS SOLEMN DECLARATION conscientiously believing it to be true and knowing that it is of the same force and effect as if made under oath and by virtue of "The Canada Evidence Act". DECLARED before me at the of in the County of this day of A.D. 20 ) ) ) ) ) ) ) A Commissioner, etc. or Notary Public F:\wp\Contracts\Fonns\Liens.doc I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I "<. ~'t Ar+ . . I 2.3m max, Typ I I A l+ PLAN OF SILT FENCE BARRIER Area under construction .. ,., PERSPECTIVE VIEW Area under construction Direction of flow ~ SECTION VIEW Direction of flow ~ // ~-.. / / Main run 1 Stoke Geotextile Direction of flow c 'e E E o g Trench to be I ~~~kfilled and ~mpacted ~ o o N 300mm min of geotextile in trench o o 10 SECTION A-A Area under protection Silt fence barrier . A _r~ . I Earth surface NOTE: A All dimensions are in millimetres or metres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING LIGHT DUTY SILT FENCE BARRIER Date OPSD 219.110 I I I I I I Straw bales Note 1 Cr+ I Direction of flow ~ t_ A _1 A I cl+ PLAN VIEW FLAT BOTTOM DITCH OR CHANNEL I Stakes driven flush Lowest level I I I I I I I I I I I I Bottom of end bales of downstream row to be higher than lowest point of flow check. Downstream bale position outlined. SECTION A-A Direction of flow t_ B Cr+ I _1 B Straw bales Note 1 I cl+ PLAN VIEW V-DITCH Bottom of end bales of downstream row to be higher than lowest point of flow check. Downstream bale position outlined. SECTION B-B Ties not to be in contact with ground Note 2 ~1500~ SECTION C-C NOTES: 1 Number of bales varies to suit ditch or channel. 2 Balance of excavated trench to be backfilled following bale placement. A All dimensions are in millimetres or metres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1996 02 01 STRAW BALE FLOW CHECK Date OPSD 219. 180 z 0 c ~ I '0. 0 QI ~ t7' N Z c ..... - 0 :c ~ 10 i= 0 ~ 0 '6 a::: ..... E C) en E 0) - It') 0 - - - It') It') D I-lr D~g z CX) ~ I") -1 ~ 0 I' I") &1+- t ..<~ :2 ~ a::: ~er ..... gZ zr-j .C1~g J N N I' 0 0 It') - - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 0. ~ ~.. .OL Ill: t7' C .u _ &. It') 111_ -0 It') c o 41 ~ ~ I gO~ I I N It') L D gO~ I r 10 lr~ ~ !+ I' 101") rl9 ~I L~ LS9 ==:r It') N 1 It En L ~ I' gZ aJ ., ..... aJ oze o N o o ~ CD -0 c: o e c: C! ~ O.$; ~ en CD I Q) o .~ U) ~ (L, ~ o~ ..... .$; 0 ..... .- en ~ en c:~ o c: :,J :J (J en 5 Q) -cb o Q) (J .~ c::= .- E -0 c: 0,._ ~ Q) Q) ~ .0 0 en o c: ..... 0 o 'in U) c: c.. Q) o .~ -0 <( I <( Z o i= o w en . . en w b z 19~ J gl i b c )( ._ 0 E E E E E E o It') 1'0) en :c= 1-<( <(Ill QI- 410 Vllii o ~ ~ . o o ~ N 0 C 0 N (/) > a.. 0 z 0 0::: 0(1) C) ..<-, z :J: LIJ~ ~ !::: t-z ~ <(LIJ 0 0:::0.. 0 LIJ<-'O e::: ~t-c < ~jLIJ 0 Z ....t- ~ <( LIJ LlJO::: V) 0::: 0..0 .....J <()-.. < =:>t-O::: U LIJ Z g~o.. ~ o .. .. ..J (I) e::: Z"Z CL 00:::- 0 O:::LIJ(I) ><( ~ t-om ~ (l)LIJ:I: Z <(o:::U 0 u<(t- =:><( oU (I) CD I CD It') .; - a:: 0) N ..J <( I- ..... o I- g en I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ m~ o 1&.10 ~ Q. Z ~ ~~ a.. o ... ~ o () ..J t~~ trf: Q ,..7 0' C) ,." .3::) ..J .-Jc ~ IIdI lldlaiDldlldllIdI IIdI 1dID::1dI1dI1dI1dI 1dI11d11d111d1LaJldllldllldlIIdI 1dI11d111d111d111d1C)1dI1d111d111d111d1 -&-e-D-D- ---e-D-D--D o-1dI1d111d111d1)?1Z1dI1ldl1ldl1IdI1IdI ~ IIdI 1IdI)I'D' IdI <( IdI IdI IIdI IIdI 0: "-9: 1IdI.at IIdI IIdI C IIdI IIdI.JdI IIdI .~ ~ ~ ~'<- V:/, IIdI IIdI IIdI " IIdI ~ E E <~" IIdI IdI E E 00 a. I' It) >. O::_f- ~ ~ ~~ LaJO ~ Q. 0 w ~ ~ $ o ...J o o o ClO <( Q I - Q l~ z T~ Q .... o 1&.1 en 9 o I o l~ z T~ Q .... o 1&.1 en 9 en - z :5 Q. N ClO W",.,.I' 1&.1~~~~ ::1$ $ ~ w Q: ~ en .,. c ~ 0 .c If) Q) If) "0 'i Q) ~ :;:: Q) '0 .c +' Q) 0 0. If) If) If) If) ~ 0 c [D ~ If) Q) ....: Q) o.O~ ~c:~ .2 E '- ....., .- O 0.- o .- 4: E Q) Q) l5 .S 0. ~ If) Q) .->-~ o 0 .8~1f) >-c =~o o .- .c"O~ If) c: Q) If) 0 E .. '- .- en Q) If) "0 W ~ g'= bU...J<C Z4:lDU IX) I' ~ I ~ ~~ Z ~~ 0 i= o 1&.1 en 0 ~ 0 . I I I I I I I I N I I 0 I I C 0 N I I (/) > I I a.. 0 I I Z 0 I I e" Z ~ C C 0:::: C5 Z ~ en ..J <( U Z ~ 0:::: a.. o 0:::: ~ Z o :J:O:: ~I.&.I -> ~8(1) 1.&.1 1.&.1 ~Z-' ~l.&.Io o::o..:J: 1.&..01.&.1 I.&.IO::() O::OZ ~ ~ ::::>CZ 01.&.11.&.1 (I)(I)~ O~ ..-,~ Z()~ o !:!:o::o:: ~j~ (I)::::> ~() U!:!: u I- [9?~M- 1:1:71 W It) to L ~ L - m I m z o i= u W 1&.1 ~ en I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I A 800 C FRAME PLAN COVER PLAN 11676 .632 11624 ..578 25 01 .,. ao ,... .575 ..667 38mm dia x 14mm deep SECTION A-A 4-16mm dia cap screws x 57mm long LUG AND HOLE DETAIL BAR HANDLE DETAIL 2mm rubber gasket cQ -1 ~r ~ .......,. SECTION B-B NOTE: SECTION D-D A Lugs and keyways are optional. B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2002 CAST IRON, SQUARE FRAME WITH CIRCULAR WATERTIGHT COVER FOR MAINTENANCE HOLES OPSD - 401.030 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Tapered top See alternative C ..., Riser sections os required p Monolithic base with inlet and outlet openings to suit See alternatives A and B Bench or sump os specified 300mm, Typ --l . . G I b dd. fj- #..~,-"'.';"""-:-,,,"" ..,i.:...,...."..~ ranu or e Ing t.=r.:..::..........:&..:...~....."--....;~ NOTES: 1 The sump is measured from the lowest invert. A Granular backfill shall be placed to a minimum thickness of 300mm all around the maintenance hole. S Precast concrete components according to OPSD-701.030, 701.031, or 701.032. C Structure exceeding 5.0m in depth to include safety platform according to OPSD-404.020. o Pipe support according to OPSD- 708.020. E For benching and pipe opening details, see OPSD-701.021. F For adjustment unit and frame installation see OPSD-704.010. G All dimensions are nominal. H All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING PRECAST CONCRETE MAINTENANCE HOLE 1200mm DIAMETER + ;.. 300mm Note 1 ~ " ", ."J'" ".. ".' ". .".'; ~-9"';''''; '-. .~~....: "'" '. .r._ --:/"'! l.I.:'~ . .....,~.....;..:~.;.;:.....z.:.::..:.:..I Granular bedding SUMP DETAIL AL TERNA TIVES Bottom riser section with inlet and outlet openings to suit .6 Bench or sump as specified _1200 p ~. p. '. I!.. f.. . r '. . ~".:.' '" ., Gra~;:r T--;....----4I.-J bedding A PRECAST SLAB BASE .. Riser section 275 Bench or sump as specified . .... 6 .. ''''.' 300 f.'! -- ~-_' "- '--.'. "0, - ':II Ste~:~f~~;::-"~~anular as specified bedding B CAST -IN-PLACE BASE Riser section C PRECAST FLAT CAP Nov 2004 OPSD 701.010 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1. o mox 0/2 min Section 50mm min MAXIMUM SIZE HOLE IN THE WALL IN PRECAST RISER SECTIONS Maintenance No. 1-4 No.5 & 6 No.8 No.7 Hole Diameter Inlet Hole Outlet Hole 1200 700 860 780 700 860 1500 860 1220 960 860 1170 1800 1220 1485 1220 1220 1485 2400 1485 2020 1760 1485 2020 3000 1930 2450 2300 1930 2450 3600 2195 3085 2730 2195 3085 NOTES: A Concrete for benching to be 30MPa. B Benching to be given wood float finish, channel to be given steel trowel finish. C Benching slope and height to be as specified. D All dimensions are nominal. E All dimensions are in milimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2004 MAINTENANCE HOLE BENCHING AND PIPE OPENING DETAILS OPSD - 701.021 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I B r+ rr=-'. . At j ib-.. l+ B PLAN 150mm overlap, Typ ~830~ 1151 16001 r115 fl' ~ Gl ~ Knockout .... ~)( Typ ~ III 0 Note 2 .2' ~ E Gl 01 ~'ij E "t:I :I: "., c; "'0 ...t "t:I ... I:: 0 2"g III 0 0. .... E E Vl ::l E Gl E III 0 .... E co 0 0 E ~ E 0. Gl ll'l >, E.... -~ f f. g ~ 1- r ~~O~d~S ~ ~p . . ...,. 0 " . '.. f: . .'_ ." 'f . I[::.:~...:.;.~~..:..;:..:;.: .:.~.. ..;.1 ~ IF >::>...:.>...::; .'.-.::. .>;'-'.:...~..1 L,j:.__~~~"::':'~,:,:':"::.~2:'::k. ~. ~.:....~....;:~~;~~~.~J -- ~Granular~ -- SECTION A-A bedding SECTION B-B 250 -, I'-k L '-Note 2 0. o ;: Gl > o E E 00. ll'l>, -~ L ..[: . . ... NOTES: 1 Outlet hole size 525mm diameter maximum. location as required. 2 200mm diameter knockout to accommodate subdrain. Knockout to be 60mm deep. A Centre reinforcing in base slab and walls :t20mm. B Granular backfill to be placed to a minimum thickness 0 300mm all around the catch basin. ALTERNATE STANDARD HEIGHTS ALTERNATIVE DIMENSION A 1 980 B 1830 C 1 520 Grate reference elevation "t:I 1Il~ 1::'- ij o::l III .- CT a::o~ Gl 111111 o ~830~ 1151 16001 r115 1 t f. . f 0. o ;: tl ~ .f . f f .. Outlet hole Note 1 C Frame. grate. and adjustment units shall be installed according to OPSD-704.0 10. D Pipe support according to OPSD- 708.020. E All dimensions ore nominal. F All dimensions ore in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2004 PRECAST CONCRETE CATCH BASIN 600x600mm OPSD 705.010 I I a. Q ~ LaJ Glti l- I ~z u- c:.o 00 ~.s 0.._ o GI 0..1- ;:)oc( .!!GI V>~ (')Vl I zO -X LaJLaJ 0.. I 0.. I I I c: 'E E E o o t') I Q LaJ I- ~ ~z 0.. Q GI ;:) I- " V> c( ~ z> en ;:) c( .0 O~ ZX _LaJ LaJ 0.. n:: 01:: '': ~ .!- o ;] E U N a::: 0..... "'0 ~CI) 0. ~ t- I .... III e - I .' ..., I I . \~. "' \ .:"~( ~\ ",'to . a.. ':~~'\.'''. ~ 1..'-" .... ,:";::~!.:';': "~'>.' ,'.' I ~ .~. : .'. " ~ .~~~:,!~}.. .:.\. :....::.::. .to,.. ~\\"i..~l~ XOW wWQOZ ~ I iii I I Q LaJ I- ~Z 00 0.._ 0..1- ;:)~ V>c( zO -X LaJLaJ 0.. n:: 1:: o a. a. a. ~~ a. E~ E . oc: It) ,- ...E d,(l 'luewpeqw3 I I I GI W U .... ~ 5E 0 III CD l;E 0 0 ~ t') .... V -N U W .... U Q) Z .... III Q) III 0 ~ Q) g .!! 0 I I Q L5 0.'- E .... en I LaJ a:oE 0 .... I I- ~ Q) Q) I I ~ U " 0 ~ 'iij 0 I 0% en I 0..0 .E It) I I 0..- 0 ;:)~ 0 I I C V>> <"I I I Zoc( ~ (/) ;:)U ~:::! ~ I I ~~ I a.. 0.0 Z I 0 ~CI) I I LaJ t- o.. 0.. Q) " ~ en en c: '6 " Q) III Q LaJ I- ~Z 00 0..- 0..1- ;:)~ V>C( Z~ -LaJ LaJ 0.. n:: Q) > 'ii) o ~ E o .. .. o .D .- I"') o rri o OJ Q) .s::. .. L. a> - a> E o :0 a> " o .~ z- ~I ~~ -gai 0.9- 00. 1"')- 00 rria> o 0 c: .. OJ:= I a> Cl~ v>c: a. a> 00 2-:1 o O"I.D .= 0 "Eo o 0 O'C:: 0" o a> ..E c: E a>>. E I/) - o I/) a>'- L. _.s::. o .. 0 .s::. I/) c: I/) e ~ " -- Q)ai-- .Do.L.O ._ a> ~ o.~ c: '0. a> ~:3 (f) .s::. .- W a> - a> " t- .s::. - .9- 5 o....oa.u z.- <"II"') " Q) a. o .s::. I/) " c: o " Q) .. o o a. E o o a> .D I/) c: o :;::; .B ::s 01 Q) e::: ,,- 25i o E 0" a. a> E.JJ o E o a> a> Q) .JJ.s::. - '0- .s::.0 I/) L. o a> a>-g L.._ o 0 .s::.E o ~ c: ::s a> o.s::. .s::.- " c: o ....J .. <( ~ u z > o Q:: Cl. " 5 0 Q:: :5 ~ g Z :I: 0 ~ Q) - o V> o c: o :;::; o a. ::s o a>0' 0 :5:S 0 c:g Q) ~ .- CL ~ . ~ "E c:1/)a> a> 0 .- t) E . 00 Q) c: o " ....... c: ~ _ " a> 0'- 0 o.c: c:L. .s::. _ 0 .- a. a> I/) o ~ L. 'C:: 0"1 "C: 0 a> a>C: 0 I/) b'O 1/):;::; ~'i Eo 000L. - 2'- a> a. I/)..I/).s::. L. .a>I/)C:- 00'0 o.c: a> 0 ::s-'C::~o E I/) c:a2 U:OI/) ~'C:: 0'0 L. a> e>o.Ev>.E<5 < CD " z ~ o o Q:: ~ Z ~ en ...J ...J l.&.. ~z .....UO a.<(i= _m<( a. > .....~<( ...J<(U m x X..-..... .....Z::I: ...J.......- l.&..::io:::: 0<( ..... ..... m ::i ..... () I I I CZ 1.&.10 I-~ Zo::<( -0> a. 1.&.1 0.. <( ~ o..o..U _:::>x ,..; 0.. (I) 1.&.1 CD ..... o Z I I I C 1.&.1 I- 0:: o 0.. Q. :::> (l)Z Zo :::>- I- Z< -> 1.&.1< Q.U -x 0..1.&.1 I I I I I I C 1.&.1 I- 0:: o 0.. 0.. :::> (l)Z ~o ~ Z<( -> 1.&.1< Q.U -x 0..1.&.1 I I I I I CZ 1.&.10 1-- Zo::!;i -0> 1.&.10..< o..o..U _:::>x 0..(1)1.&.1 I I CD CD ()- c:.c 00 ~..... ~CDo. <3~~ L1~ * ** ~ d"<l luawpaqw3 tJ~ *~ ..... c: CD E ..... o ~ ..... QI " ~ 01 .c ::l (/) ..... Ul e - "01:: ';: ~ 23 o() E CD :: ,9-(\/ - a. .:t QI ()~..... 000 CDL...Z a. ~ a. ~ ..; c: 'E E E 00. ~~ *~ *"'l~ 2 o Z '., . '0 ~.\ ..." \' . . .".\ .... Ii' ,,' I :. , '~.' .~...\t:".t,..~ I . ".- .'." ,'....J ~'. ,'~, I ~,' " .1'\'" '" ., \. . I ..' .. .\l.....I.':J..~:~:\,.!:;.1 l'"' :" . I; .1::. . "~I . XDW wWOOZ; l 1:: . o E a. CD a...... ::lUl (/)~ uapJnqJa^O QI " ~ 01 01 c: '0 " CD CD La.I > o m ~ E E~ 00 OJ:: NO 2--m o Z A1~ ~o OZ OLa.l a::~ -' ~ Z - C) ~ o La.I > o m ~ E E~ 00 OJ:: NO --m V~ ~O OZ OLa.l a::~ -' ~ Z C) ~ o CD W () ...J g E 0 0 CD 6 E 0 0 ~ CD ,., I() u w ~ U QI ..... Ul Z CD Ul 0 I I <( E CD 0 I I ~ 8..2 E :: 01 L5 [:oE 0 ~ I I CD ...J CD 0 ~ I I U " 0 'ii) 01 10 I I ..5 0 I I C 0 '0 C\/ I I (/) L.. Q) 00 > I I D.. .... 0 I Q) C\/ Z I 0 E L.. '0'0 I I 0 :0 00000 .........,~ Q) '0 Q) Q) Q) ..'Ci) 0.. 0.. 0.. ~ of: ~~~ ~ I I I I l.L!~*** .- * * * 00 C o -ci ~ Q) .E ;.:: ::J '0 0\ Q) L.. Q) a. 0 a:::: E I"') OO'C -5 .B 0 C o..'C-g '0""; Q)'OQ)0 .0 0 .c 2 1:i .... Q) lX) ~gE~ .s:: '0' Q) .... C Q) == 0.. .... o .9- >< E c >. a. Q) 0 EQ) G:) 0....0 - ....,_ 0 'O~ OOQ) Q)Q) "";Q)O\.o.o'U occ_Ec o 00::: Q) '0 Q) 0 .... I ~ > .c Q) .s:: 'U Cl .... ~ oo.c.... Q) (/)c~ ....- 0.. a..Q)1 o_~ . o oOC ~O::I: 0 .s:: ....00 00 00 O::JC L..- .... 0 .... Q) 0 'U c.....'Oc C 01.0.- 0 C 0 Q) o c 0 c '0 ~ 0.. .- 'O::J E 0 ~ 'O'OQ)O a. r- 50a..cQ)::J 0'- a. L.. 0 00 ~OQ) 0 0 gQ); .cQ)O E~....~ '000 ~EQ) c Q) 2~ Q) >..0 .- 01:5 . 0.... E 00 '0 .= 00 Q) Q) Q) .... .B Q) t) .= 0 ~ E c .0 0 .~ 0 0 Q) ~ Q) _ 0 0.. 'U ...... Q) C ~ L.. 0 - 0 .0 .- 0 _ .... .s::._ 0.. E ~ L.. .c o ....g~_O;.::a..O~oo ~ ooQ).... OOQ)c....OQ) e L.. O'C 'U 00 'U _.... E Q) '0 .2.:Jt. 00'- ....Coo....OC~ ,8cD-e'O.... Eooogeo~ .9- Q) c L..'Ci) .c Q)o..>cQ) O\oo....'UC.... a. :; 0 E L...= Q) 00 Q) Q) 0 ._ Q) 0'- 'U 0 0 a. c L.. E (/) a..c :<: Q) :;.2 ~ 0 ::J._ 00 W Q).... Q) -goO C 0.._ U 0 'U 18 ,.. 0.. 0 E 0 .- L.. 0 - ~ ..... _ .- L.. 0 0 0 L.. - C 01- oa..uw <:>....(I)_lL.<(::J z.... C\/ ...., ~ <( CD U Cl Q) > 'ij o ~ 'U Q) .... o o a. E o o " Z ~ 0= C C 0= ~ Z ~ (/) -' <C (3 Z > o 0= D- O 0= ~ Z o ..J ..J - ~ ~Z ~~Q o.CD~ - <( 0.0> ~Z<( ..J<(U CD X X~~ ~Z~ ..J~U ~~O So:: CD ~ ~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ... o '':; iii 0. 01 o -0 .S: ~ ~:g t:: c: Q) Q) :c.c > 0-0 "5 Q)C: 0.... .c c =Q)C: Q) :..::: a.G) 2s ~ 'Q..f" )( o...c1! 2:2 ~&~~ c g j :.i Q) "~,I..:. . ..2 -0 .' .~. '" ..., ~ 0. ~ \..~ h:..~.\'" ,0 I 1,<<.: :\ .......A.,.. (J .8' ~I':l\\:.. :,\.' I') i", \ ~'. 'r ~ I' ~ ~ 2 :1 :\"...../',...., I Q) "'oJ\..~l, up",,:, en \".. h.' " ''''' ~ '\. . ~,~ .' I \ 04"'~. .. 't'", 0 \'.. .....J. .. I...i....\...z ,".\"." L&J \" . y'~'i ~' \\~.' I ~ ... . ~../~'.'~\ ,,' :. t. .... ~.:'. . ; ~? . ; .' , .:.' .. .~ I; .... ,I.,)..., 'I~".'~ . . '. ',. 0=: .:~. '.: ~'.~"~"~ . ..' .... I~.I .;::\,,7;;.'\f!:.' '. .'.(. ~ "{~:'. .~'~ ". .': . ~~" 0 ~.I:, ~ ,I, ~. . :. .:. L:':l' .... .'::....,~ .... ,. :;'1.',- Z 0 a. . : '. ", .. I' L&J z fl':ffi' :. E~ ~c( . _0 ~ __' _ '" 1 ~ L&J 0=: LI . . -- ..... --- . 10 2 CD L&J I '. '. .' . I ci ~ ~ 0 II..' . .. I'. L&J Z '1.' \I . '. .'. . .'. r.~ ::) .t...~..N. .' '.. . I. L&J ........,...,....:. :. .' II:., "'..J lit .." . . . r::,l' Yo. .;". '. ,,,, . ... ';. '..~' - ..J .' "~"~'l \. ~ .. t-;' Q) 0..- ," '. ~. .,~ '. '.' -0 L&.. '.~. ~ .~:~"': o\.'i\." .' '" ~." 0 ....'...'.".:.. r"",,' '. '" . . It" 6t ., II ... ~ ".\, '" ..' . " " I. .~..,,:. \.;. . . \..., . . . . ~. ,. . . .' ',1 '1,'" .' : 'r ''',,\~ '. .\' L&J \: ' ';.' ;. ~ : .'. I ~ > 0 l.\,\.h~:~' ' o Z :\:,. <.,~.: ~:. r\ CD::) . \~..,~':::~ .;~ :. ~;: c( 0 ..,....'.:', I" ~ "" D:: :.,' :,' ':,"::'~:'::~~"~ ~" L&J..J >c( ZZ -- L&JS2 0..0=: ~o 0. ~ . '. . \ . . ',. . . d.(l 'luawpaqw3 ." . " . . . '.. Q) -0 e 01 .c :;, (/) .'" '... .', ", . . . . .... ~:g ... ...- ..2t:: :;'Q) c: > 0- ... :;, 010 .... ... Q) c: o 0. Q) _, .s:: 'Q.S" t::...c2 coeo . .UJ11>......z . . . . ..: '.,' .', . " .' ," . . . . '.' . , . . " c: 'E E E 00. 10>' -~ "6 c: '0. '':; o ~ 9 L&Jo CDZ ~::) 00 0=: ....C) c( ..J ....c( o=:z L&J- >S2 zo=: -0 L&J 0.. 0.. I) -0 e 01 01 c: :0 -0 Q) CD "6 c: '0. '':; o 01 c: :0 -0 I) CD o Z WI " ~~ w -' CD ~ W U Z <( a:: ~ -' u Q) o 5E 5E Q) U ... 2 Ul E :l 0 Q) _ 0 o..!2 E ... 0) ii:oe 0 ~ Q) 0 ~ :!2 00 E 0) L&J 0.. 0.. Q) a. a. Q) .l: +' ~ o o 0=: :I: .... ~ "0 Q) ~ '0 0 ..... Q) E I") a.. o ~ fI) +' I") C bOQ) .Q oo.l: '0 ~ 2 Q)'O 0 .l:cQ) 0 ... O:oJ a.. x E ~ 0 Q) 0 ._ I") +' 0 Q) 0 0 o . Q) Q) Q) I") 0' .0 t...o oOOc ... I Q) 0 Cl > L: 'O(/) 0 fI) Q) D... ~ g-o b .l:oO fI) +' C L- Q) ... Q) E .S! '0 Q) '0 'in C -g g'.S 0=0"0 "0 t... Q) Q)oa.. +,0 a.. 000 o 0 t... a.+, ~ E C Q) oQ).Q o E Q) 15 2 .Q Q) t... - _+'0 '0 +' 'C L: fI) Q) f1)ec "0 - E ]'t+' Q) C Q) > Q) a."S E .- 0 "0 (/) a. Q) W Q) Q) .Q .- .l: .9- E ot-D...W Z ..... C'I I") <( 00 00 1')10 It) o o C'I > o z I I I I I 'e 1(1) IQ.. :0 " Z ~ a:= o o a:= <( o Z ~ (/) ..J <( o Z ~ a:= 0- o a:= ~ Z o ~ (.) o I- a::: ~ a::: ~ 0 CI-~ LAJZI- mLAJa::: ~~<( LAJ~LAJ Z LAJ<(u a..mc o::~Z LAJ=> LAJ 0 ...Iza::: ~-C) x LAJ ...I ... o Q). t... o .l: o C :J 0... .l: 0' Q)C :5:;; o fI) C 0 Q) ._ a.. l; E Q) -g 8 E c g C ~ _ '0 .- 0 a.. C .l: _ 0 ~ fI) .S! 0' 0 Q) ~ C f1)'!!! 15'0 C ~ o 0 Q) E a.. 'in .l: c'" 52 EQ) 0 :; .- ~ c:;"OQ) 0,_ - t...t...-C e"a..<(::::l ...I <( Z - C) - a::: o m I I ooru r\ I I .r: <:t'~ o I I I I h~ ..!! ~ :;:; .~ )(~ QI "O.s QI ClO- .3 I r= 0- j ~I E E o o It) I I I I <: oor I .r: <:t' 2- o I I oor I I I z ~o:: Q"O I- ;:) () ..J ..J ~ Z ~o:: Q"O I- ;:) () ..J ...J ~ , II II II I' II II II II II II If' I :: I ,I , ,I ,__iJ ~ E ~ c: o .r: 0- o .... I 0- '': I ,I II II II II II ,I ,I ,I " I' ,I bJl: I :: " I' , " ,.J! a. ~ In l&.I Q.. >- ~ I- ;:) () aI 1 aI Z o t= () ..... CIl ..... ..J ~ X l&.I :::l ~ ~ S aI C) 1:1: aI ~ ~ i ti I ..... en QI 0- o Ui I- ;:) () -< 1 -< Z o t= () ..... CIl l&.I ..J ~ X l&.I ~ o ..J l&.I ..J C) ~ < ~ I::) -< 0 :I: z ~ ~ ~ ~ I en < l&.I Q.. >- ~ QI a. o Ui - o QI ~ ..... o o N > o z I I I I I Ie IV) IQ.. :0 C) z ~ c C Q:: ~ Z ~ (/) ..J <C U Z ~ a::: CL. o ~ ~ Z o t- Z I.&J ~ t- <( I.&J 0:: t- Q.. <( 0:: I Q.. - 0:: (/) ~ ..J .... ::::> o .... a::: w ~ ::::> u c Z <C a::: w ~ (/) a::: ~ II) ~ ... CI) .~ 'E . C c~ ._ 0 L; Cl)1I) L- OCI) II) 11)'- c~ oL- ._ CI) II)L; C'" Cl)o Ell) (/) :0 ~ w - .... = c o <: ~ z< I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I " Backfill ~ as specified -. Slope 2% 8% max 150mm min ~Ilf) =10-0 >.1 Q) "t:: 1 L.. ;;: Q) Q).- a.1~ ~ elo Q. a..::Elf) Fittings or radius bends as required , , 100mm min Bedding and cover as specified 100 to 150mm dia as specified Watertight cap or plug as specified, Note 2 , 150mm min NOTES: 1 Service connections to the main pipe sewer shall be made using factory made tees or wyes, strap-on-saddles, or other approved saddles. Factory made tees or wyes shall be used for all service connections where the diameter of the main pipe sewer is: a) less than 450mm; or b) less than twice the diameter of the service connection. 2 Cap or plug at property line shall be adequately braced to withstand testing pressures. A Maintenance holes shall be used at the main sewer to connect service connections greater than or equal to 200mm. B For new construction, saddles must be installed on the main pipe before that pipe is laid. C Approved cut-in tool must be used for field made connections. D All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2005 SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS FOR FLEXIBLE MAIN PIPE SEWER OPSD 1006.020 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Concrete thrust block <l Concrete thrust block Plug or cap PLAN DEAD END L~ j ~ ~ , PLAN TEE ~~ , Concrete thrust block ELEVATION DEAD END , ~~ MINIMUM DIMENSIONS PLAN TYPICAL BEND PIPE CIA 0 b c d 100 150 150 150 150 150 250 250 150 250 200 300 350 200 450 250 400 400 250 550 300 450 500 350 650 350 500 550 400 700 0 10 ~ + ~ NOTES: A Concrete shall be placed to within 50mm of the face of the bell. B Bond breaker to be used between concrete and fittings. C This blocking design applies only where 1035kPa pressure is not exceeded. D This blocking design applies where the soil has a minimum soil bearing capacity of 200kPa. E All dimensions are in millimetres unless SECTION x-x otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING April 1999 CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS FOR TEES, PLUGS AND HORIZONTAL BENDS PLAN 90- BEND ~ } OPSD - 11 03.010 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Place concrete after anchor block has been poured and bends set in place Stainless steel strap x rntainless steel strap See detail It) aa Concrete Concrete Anchor block Stainless steel strap 50x 13mm UP-THRUST BLOCK SECTION x-x Inside radius of MINIMUM DIMENSIONS strap=outside radius of bend PIPE DIA 0 b c d e Spring line 100 450 600 750 13 150 150 600 900 900 13 300 200 600 900 1500 13 450 250 900 900 1500 20 600 300 1200 900 1650 20 800 DETAIL 350 1200 1200 1650 25 1000 '" 130x85x20mm Stainless steel angle 80mm long Concrete thrust block '" Concrete thrust block .f .-.: I. ..': .. . ..'f :~..: ":,:',: ;':: .'..:-: "1-.,. ..: ~;! :..;1,. ,~:.; N ~ I I O/D+600mm DOWN-THRUST BLOCK SECTION y - y c o Gl c: a: .e - Undisturbed ground )( min NOTES: A Concrete shall be placed to within 0 This blocking is for bends up to 450 only. 50mm of the face of the bell. E This blocking design applies where the B Bond breaker to be used between soil has a minimum soil bearing capacity concrete and fittings. of 200kPa. C This blocking design applies only where F All dimensions are in millimetres unless 1035kPa pressure is not exceeded. otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING April 1999 Rev 1 CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS FOR VERTICAL BENDS OPSD 1103.020 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Variable Variable Hydrant Finished grade --1.100 to 150mm / '0 Cl ;;:: 'u II III III o Slide type valve box with upper and lower section 600 600 ... Cl > o () thrust E ::I E 'c ::i Polyethylene covering - .. . fI' . . .. .. :- .,. .' .... A .. .. A . : f . ". .. ~ / ;- Bedding as specified Concrete thrust block NOTES: A All concrete thrust blocks to be poured against undisturbed ground. B Bond breaker to be used between the concrete and the fittings and appurtenances. C Bolts and nuts for buried flange to flange connections are to be stainless steel. o Flange of standpipe extensions not to be in frost zone. E All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING April 1999 HYDRANT INSTALLATION OPSD 1105.010 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I (fIbl)' 556 t 0 d(O(l ~)' (ViC6 56 tOlliC ~6 300 Anode Thermite weld Embedment material Native material 500mm Typ SECTION A-A NOTES: A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR NON-METALLIC WATERMAIN SYSTEMS Nov 2000 OPSD - 1109.011 I. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I TABLE 1 MINIMUM TRENCH WIDTH FOR ONE LAYER AND TWO LAYER DUCT ARRANGEMENT No OF No OF NUMBER OF 50 mm DUCTS 100 mm LAYERS 8 DUCTS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 1 N/A 150 205 300 460 610 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 205 300 350 460 460 610 610 1 150 255 460 610 610 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 N/A N/A N/A 2 205 255 300 460 460 610 610 610 1 300 460 610 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 N/A N/A N/A 2 150 255 255 460 460 610 610 610 3 1 460 610 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 300 300 460 460 610 610 610 N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 610 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 4 2 300 460 460 610 610 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A NOTES: 1 Install ground wire in the duct, or trench as indicated in the contract. A Install cable brick, or concrete slab, marker tape, concrete duct marker where indicated in the contract. See OPSD-2100.05. B This drawing is used in conjunction with OPSD-21 03.02. C Contractor has the option of installing one, or two layer duct arrangement. D N/ A - Not Applicable, undesirable, or exceeding equipment limits. E All dimensions are in millimetres or metres unless otherwise shown. Q. .... ~ ~ o () Duct oN cO c: 'E rti 'E- 00 eN E E I E E~ 0 00.. It) 00 ~ <D Duct Backfill material 50mm min Typ , . '.' . '. . '.'.. ,.' . .. . . Ground wire Note 1 J L J l Sand bedding U) Ground wire 50mm 50mm Note 1 min min Gl Gl 50mm min Ground wire Note 1 ONE LAYER ARRANGEMENT IN ROCK IN EARTH ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Date DUCT INSTALLATION IN TRENCHES Finished grade / .... Gl > o () c 'E E E o It) ~ " '. . / . .. . . 1. ',. . . . , . Duct 50mm min Typ TWO LAYER ARRANGEMENT IN EARTH Date OPSD - 2101.01 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I --! .......... 0... MALCOLM SOL TED COVER OR AS PER\ 300mm II CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS \ I- . FINISHED GRADE 100mm RISER -- AND CLEANOUT L NATIVE BACKFILL 7 GRANULAR "A" PER OPSS 410 OR APPROVED EQUAL 100mm 125mm PVC CAP OR CONNECT TO EXISTING AS REQUIRED 150mm MIN. .. . 100mm MIN. 125mm SERVICE CONNECTION MINIMUM SLOPE 1.0% BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION - Jan, 2004 SCALE: N.T.S. ~BMROSS ~ engineering better communities Sanitary Service Cleanout Detail DRAWING No. 1000 I 8 N 0 C'I ,.... I c ,.... III u) .., . W ~ ~ 0 CL 0 Z Z CL CD 0 0 Z ...J I w w in CJ <i 0 c;: ~ w 0 U ...I Z 0 OJ c( w a:: 0 i E CL l- f/) Vl 0::: I&. E ~E 0 <t I 0 Vl W l!') <<: (L E ~ [[ 0 ::Jo C Z VlO Q 0 w~ I- x I 0 wO W 0:::0 CD u~ zo ~ 00 UN Z ~ c I 0 ~ a::: c Ci - c tI) I , a::: c c( = W C 0 0 (L Z <<: 0 :! ~ 0::: l- I () Vl U) a5 0 U) E W U) I E Vl ~I-Vl 0 Z a::: 0 CDUZ It) I c;: <<:2 :E Wo:::l- I a:I UI-<( >Z~ I- 0:::0LL. 0 wU- Z Vl U W I o:::W ...J w(L cn~ (LVl 0:: I- W ::J Vl (L Vl cn~ <( (L 0 0 I U I- O! 03ljlJ3dS SV CJ3^OJ V'lnV'lINIV'l ~~ I Z :Ef <i: 0 ~ 0::: <: 0 W m'~ "1 1-0:: I ~O <<:0 U~ ~ @ (L O~ UVl 0 ...JI _W I- CDO I-...J Vl Vl VlO I-(L <<:0 I ~O ...J<<: (LVl o::w IW ow I-Vl I-U Vl> I 0 Z~ o Vl . Z i= Vl LLW UOW WZW Oz Zifjl- 8::Ji:5 I z<C Uw<( <C~ LL.~~ --.JO::: LL.~>- o...w (f) o 0::: ~WO I f- w OCDt) <C f- 3:: 0 -10<<: Z CDI-LL. ~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I APPENDIX "A" I ,Jun' 01 06 02: 47p I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I. I ALL CANADA LABS 5194570222 p. 1 . ""' ...--. , ,/ A & L CANADA LABORATORIES INC. 2136 Jetstream Road. London, Ontario N5V 3PS · Tel: 519/457-2575 Fax: 519/457-2664 _~t '-'-._-,---- '~. June I. 2006 B. M. Ross and At;m>ciatcs Ltd. 62 North St. Godcrich, ON N7a 21'4 Attn: Ryan Riehl Project: -Kincardine Soccer Fields Soil Sample 1.0. # 1,2 Texture Classification: Report Number C0614S-0 15 These lWO soU swnpJe.~ arc similar enough to fall within lhc same tcxtural classifications of being buth sand type soi1~. There ~ little: or no significant differences between them in their physical properties. The following is their physical composition. Sample 1: Sample 2: Sand: Approximately 93% Sand. 2% Silt, and S% Clay. Sand: Approximately 91 % Sand, 4% Silt, and 5% Clay. .Herbicides (Soil Stcril.ntK): Report Number C0614S-60S Thesc two ~amJ1les were anaJ)'7.cd for the presence or atrazine herbicides. There was 110 detectablc level of this herbicide found in the ~plcs submitted whieh could affect the gcnnination of grasses and sensitive urnamental shrubs. Fertility Analvsis: Report Number C0614S-01 5 General Overview The following report is based on evaluating the soils submitled fUf the purpose of growing tuTf and ornamentals only. It docs not evaluate or make referenee to contaminant~ or specific amendment materiaJs n)r the purpose of amending the topsoil. This agronomic l'CJXlrl applies to the Nt)il samples fertility status only, with reference to it supporting, and growing quality plants that are more resistant to both disease, and moisture stress. Due 10 the many cnvironm(,-ntal variable; afTecting the outcome and success growini of plants, the besl management fertili~.er guidelines suggested docs not ensure stress and succes.~rul establishment can be avoided. In nMt=w of the fertility analysis we conducted on these two panicular soil !C3JI1ple.~ the agronomic properties arc ~imilar in both samples. The diffcrcnc=; f()r lhe most part can generally be considt=red within DOnnaJ soil variation in topsoil. 1l1c:reforc these two soils could be considered a commun soil for use pwposcs. The textural analysis bas dctcnnined both these soils 1.0 be true sands, with minimal silt and clay fractions. The Project: os 130 Report: C0614S-o I S Jun"Ol OS 02:49p A&.L CANADA LABS 5194570222 major nutrient levels rallgcd from Jow to very high. ^&I. would lo;uggest an amendment of fertilizer to supplement, and improve the main nutrients., phosphnru.~ and potassium deiicjenci~l\, plus routine maintenance applications to s~tain and gradually build the soil fertility levels. There should also be 3 supplement containing biome m8b'llcsium to supplement the very low magnesiunl as well. TIle post maintenance fcrtili.,.LT trcatment~ should grc1dual1y build the soil levels with time. The micronutrients, the second., row of nutrients arc somewhat mure variahle ranging from again low to very high for this soil type. We would also suggest an initial treatment containing some zinc as part of the starter amendment, and leave the others as an option ba.c;ed un the end-use of this soil. 'Iberc is one Ia.c;t element that as a precaution, we also monitor due to its intcrfere",,~ and that is the clement sodium. The ~ium level. due to the status of the other cations could eau!;e some plant growing problems, if there i~ a significant level. Th~"" two soils have levels of sodium that are below the critical limit, and shuuld nul prcs""I1l a pmblem. The critical reference on sodium levels is 0.5% base saturation, and these samples arc at 0.1-0.8% Nudium. SamJlle #2 is somewhat higher compared to sample # 1, but we would not expect this to presenl a problem. Generally sodium becomes a problem in cxc~~s of 1.0%. increasing to 2.0% where we begin to see severe Jlhytotoxicity. The balance of the report will djscu.\'S the agronomics of the paramelel1l\. Ol"JaDie matter: The urgllnic matter in these two soils arc 1.3-2.7%, which is low to average for unamended topsoil. Idcany Jhr landscape purposes and generally good topsoil the percent organic malter should be 4.0 % or bctter in ~()iI for turf establishment The organic matter plays an important role in the fertility and dynamics or the soil a.c; well as adds to the nutrient availability and mujstur~ retention. PhOSDborus: The plant available phosphorus levels arc similar and both would rate low in available phosphorus. In s()ils of this type, and for good plant establishment the optimum level or phosphorous should be a minimum ()r 30-ppm Rray PI to assure proper turf establishment. We would recommend the addition of some phosphorus a.1I a starter pre-plant program prior to seeding or sodding plu~ a mainlenance progr.m of phosphorus after to build and su.c;tain good levels to support the turf growth over the ycar~. Potassium: Potassium levels of27-35 ppm would also nite vel)' low for these soils. Thc..c;c sojl~ ideally should contain elose to 200 ppm oj" K (Potassium), and have a pr..-rcenl base saturation of percent K greater than 2.0%. Roth samples due to their type are approximalely 0.S-0.9% plant available potassium. M8e.uesium: The magnesium level in lhe lwo soils is different low based again on the wil type and high proportion of calcium. Soil lor the best availability of magnesium. should have a percent base satur.lion ()f Mg greater than 10.0%. These soils have available magnesium at 3.9-11.0% base saturation, whieh is Jia less [han optimum f()r sample ff I. The magnesium clement influences the uptake and utilw.ation ur phosphorolL'i nece~NaI)' for young seedling developmcnt as well a.'i being required for specific plant growth nee,"',. Project: 05130 Report: CQ614S-G1S 2 p.21 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~un'Ol 06 02:~8p ALL CANADA LABS 51904570222 p.3 KIM2 Ratio: This ratio indicates the level ufpotassium to magnesium and the interaction that they ~'\VC on one another. The ideal range for KlMg rcltio is 0.2 - 0.35. In this case a KlMg ratio of 0.OS-0.13 indicates the two elcm~:nu in consideration of one tn the other are low in potassium to the magnesium. Unfortunatcly th()ugh balanced, both of th~ importanl clements are critically dclicient Any amendmcn.t should contain a balance of both nutrients such as sulfate of pota.~h magnesia fcrtili7.er to help (l'Tset this deficiency . Calcium: The calcium level in the soils is very high in bulb the samples. Soil having a base saturation of calciwn in excess of 8S % often cause; problems of availability with the other major nutrients. Th~ soils arc both above the uptimum at 87- 96% availablc calcium. This calcium is not at t(lxic levels but it docs influence availability of the other catiuns (potassium, magnesium). Il is not unusual to have high calci um contenl soils in Ontario though due to the nature of the parent mat"Tials. Sodium: The sodi'UDllevel in ppm is low, but in planting situations the critical thre~hold levels of ~()dium depends on the pcrcl'nl base saturation. 'lhc sodium percent base satunation level shuuld be below 0.5%. '!besc soils are approximately 0.1-0.8%. which is below the critical thr,,-o;hold, for most gnlss specics germination and growth, and should n<)l he a.ffectcd as long as levels in the stockpile remain approximately 1.0% or less. PH: 'lhe pH bc."l suited for gross growth is between 6.2-6.8. At this level most nutrients arc morc available for plant uptake. A pH or 7.7-7.9 is alkaline and could po.ssihly restrict the availability of sume of these Dutrients. '!bc soil pH is typical lhuugb for a lot uf soils regionally in Ontario, The soil submitted is very high in the available calcium percent ba.cce saturation, which partly explains the high pH reading. RemediaJ lowering of lhe pH is difficult versus that of r.tising it. Attention, to acidic materials for tCrtili1y would help assist this. Materials such as low-pH peal, or an organic suil with lower caleium levels would be possibilities for amendment Mieronutrients: The micronutrients (second row of clements) in these soils are for the most part variablc. Due to lhe intended end-use of the soil em application of 7.ine would be recommended at thc timC of establishment. Pre-plantbal! Amendments The fertility n.~rnmCJ1dation included is made to amend the values of the soil nutrients only. Any follow-up maintenance prllgrcl1Tl should include magncsium tn support the existing levels. Fertility Rccommendation5 Prior to the Seeding and worked into the top layer (6 in. depth) of thc lopsoi1. Cautio11: }c'crtili:l.er should not be ~read on the surface with the seed. Project: 05130 RepcNt:~J4S-0IS 3 ~un 01 06 02:48p ALL CANADA LABS 5194570222 Mi."( the fertili7.er evenly through ()Ullhe soil to a depth of 4-6 inches. Do D(.>t apply wilh the seed. Reeommcnded E.e;tablishment Treatment N 70 2 K Mg Zn 8 250 30 4 6 1 P 140 4 Ib per acre per 1000 sq. n This treatment should be broadcast prior to seeding or lbe laying of sod and worked into the soil. The nitrogen applicalion should be split, SO pounds per acre now (J.5 pound per thousand square feet) and 20 to 30 puunds top dre.c;~d after the gr~s has emerged. Heavier or mure application.~ may be required in weak area.;. Rccommended Future Maintenance Treatment for Sod (Bat Manae:ement Practice) N 190 5 P K Mg 140 300 30 4 6 1 Ib per ~re per 1000 sq. ft. Split the Nitrogen and Potash appJication of the maintenance progrdln into four to six equal trealments and spread these over the growing scuon. Suggested times of applicatinn arc early spring, latc May. early July and early September. Thi~ program should be followed for 2-3 years and then the soil ro tested to design a new program. This maintenance program is a long-tcnn program and a soillc~t should be taken every twu years to J'C evaluate the fertility NlatuS. 'lbe prot,rram is also designed for developing a good stHnd of turf over a period of time. Irlurfis to be u~ as cover only~ after establishment the maintenance progr.un could be reduced to save expense. Project: os J 30 Report: C0614S-0 t S 4 p.41 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I . u I c... -~ C\I I end; CD~ -- .... !2 a... .. I O.f "'Ii) calC ...~ I Os .a~ I ca ~ -J", 0.. C'? I ca > -c~ ca~ lei caj o i- 1-1 i ! I ~~ CD <C~ I I I c<J1 -))) .- ".. ~ I ! It) ~ i g ~ " . s(D 10 N '''It 'It ig(J) <:s ~ ........J CI) C ....J LU u: a: w 8 CI) w z 5 cr: < (.) z 52 5 ... C/) w .... e( g ~ z <tio ::r~ cn....- o a: a: crOW ~zB CD~~ o F- t: o - - ('I) -' ""'0 ..J co ~ w C\I "lI' UJ ~..t -C\lN Z II) II) Z I . Ul CD 0) 0_- Il)II) ~.. . ;c I:l '< J CL Iii , z wcoco 2:80 ~ 0 w~~ -'z~O ao~~ cnZoo >cotS! B III III u;; ... > i~ ~ - :I w 0 ~ U A- lii .. W III ~ II: a:: I ~ ~ ~ faaa! (/) - ~ ...I <C z <C LL o W ~ c( o - 11.. - ... a.: w o at) - CD II) ~ - .- i e .2 ..J i l ! ., I E C Gl . 0 ~ q i ~ .2! ui ~ ~ lG ~ Z (\I o 0 I:: Q u!:: e! CI -; ~ ! ~ ,.. -P! z C) ;;J ;:, f ifl! i~l sJ,; &I! i 8.3'1;1 ,..!!~ if"OS S~-I ,.. ~ "I &t ~! .. 8~~t -Sj! .Q .c:'O slsi III i i~Jts J!~$~~ 000. YVYrIJ j ! . ...J ~ C .. CD II! II: ,w .~ t! ~ .cc .' fl. ~'25 t ,:J~ 5J .. , ~ If i:' l!.Ii ~ 1,1 IE. II~ 1_.. ___ __ __ ~.__ I I I I I . () I .5 i f\I U)~ I CI)~ -- .... I ...~ Ou.. .... &0 ,.."" "" ~ I ...~ O~ .Q!!i I as:! ...I~ 0- CO) I as ~ -C~ ca~ I c::~ cas 01 I ~~ I I ~~ ~ I <( c; I I c:(]1 -)))...-. IE , :i ~ ~ I ~ a:t.l)~~ I:!~~ q,OCD - 0 U o ~ en o ....I W u: a: w o u o en w z 5 a: C3 z 52 Ii: o 1&0 VJ W ~ o o en z ~J-O .., en A en;;~ cna:a: OOLLl Cl:ZC ~NO CD(O~ (;) ... 6 - -M ...J ~ 0 m N~ en oJ..q. -(\/N Z LI) "9 z ~(J) w ___ C &t) 10 ~ i ~ oC f. N Iii i z A.: WCOcO SS8 W~~ ...JZmo 6o~~ cnZoo )C IS ii 0 !IU~= oC ~ UI a: ~ ~ (.) 0 ~ . ~ Ib IL ~ au II: ~ ~ ~ s .. a D tn - UJ ::i c( z ct u. o W l- e:( o - LL - ~ a:: w o co or- ~ ....N Ii: .:>> w - all 1&1 i E ~ : j E 1 tJ cj ~ ai e :s2 t1l ~ ~ ~ lit: C m! -; 't: ! o a: ... ~ ! ~ It Ij! il! s 1-= ~:! ~ i '1- i ~ :5Z~ S..~i II ii '&s. S''tJt ISi: ;lil J!if ! I~!J JSsw.e oddS vvvrn I . ....I ~ C . CD I! . .. .. a: ~ ! I i IL 4:( If A)! II . I!jf ~iI JIll ~J~~ II~ I, I I I I I . u 1.5 :: ~i I .- > C\I ... Il)":' O ZIl) .... .... .~ m I as as..... ... - at) o~i I .g ~~ ...r .9 C; AN ca " I .,.. ~ C; I ~ a:oq RS E m- e ee as ji CD I O~c ..J ~i I ~ ~ c( I I ~ ~ ~ I~ - ~,... ..... co 18~ ~: JJ lEE ::J ::3 Z z i i! Q. ::3 . g 11X ~ i.: o I&. UJ ~ ~ z ctt-O olSen: ~i:o o~a: a:Ow ~Z8 a:d~ C!} o ... ~ .,.. 8 !2 -110 ," dci N' III '~:r:: 9 . ;..~ :2 .. j ~ .. " 5~ (QC') . CI: It)Dl ~ ... eri,..; z N(f) i mOO III .,g ~C! fi C'?ClO o..ii: -0 .~ (0] .... do po ~ s~~ ~~ :!!~ , . ?f.- 00 2-(1) zO CJI z (,)~ 0(0) " ~~ &00 ,.'. ~ - - ~i .:. 1m j< ""11) -~ '..; ._0' =fi.dl :..~ e ~ 01,... ~ :=;~ ,...:,...: ~~ Ul..,. .. ii U) . :. ~ ~ ~::: ('10 ~~ C\I s~ ~J!~ ia} ""':"l 00 .~ ~ ss 28 u ~ ~i ...,:! ~ co,... C\I..... U)(O 0 dd !Dill "'" j I S::E i~ ou) ""(1) Ii ~:2: 40" .... :~:~. ! 8d CIC!~ 0.... E ss '1 ~ ""1() s! :t:S .. New> <.'. a~ fl"i, D.. .-Q) :' '::411 ..,.Ul " IL :, ~.- ......., . D.. o;-j mea .- .... . l~ ....~ C/O t ...co c::~ -C\I n:. ...,..., :I .. l~ C')m .... III ~i ~~ Ii ....('\1 Nc .Jl'i C'),... N "':C\i .~: :& ~i ~i ...,..., (,,)'IF :s ..,.,... .......... C'I)ctJ Oi: f3~ .. t~ II ~~ -C\I ~~ .-('1 . 01 III ~ .. ... i d ~ UJ z a a: < t.) z S2 o uj u: a: ~ (.) o en i:i :i ... ... a: o a. w a: t; w t- ...I - o rn t: ga8 ..Ioq;:: Woq~ tl)v'" Z ~.! z . . UJ ~ 0 o &I) 'I: o e- ll: ~ c d) 011) Oll) 0"; 0"'; :3 00 00 .~ . C,) ..' . 0 000 LI. ,. , :",. ~ ....OQO ii J., :E :;ir .J ~ c C!C!&l?t::! oCI N 0..,. 0... < w .... > f. D . .~,. . fl S I~'.: j' 1l)~0lt) e U) ('\I NN .. 000 0 I II II,", 0 i t :i:-o P.' II .!! j~,: OOlnU) 'J: - I . :t:! (")(0)-.... ~ ! ~ 0 ~ :I; ;1, 0 .t.. QOOO I ::)0 ,". e! Ul~1l)1t) i5Z ;~ . N ('1(0) 25 '. J I&llU ,'; 2:2 :i: . ~I ~ O'-SJ - i .... It) ! .... - .... .- ~ :;:. ..J '- :;t= o!! 01: 8 011)0 .. ......, z ,...co..... S II LI. C\I .... S ~ , . I ..,0 ,. co '~i~. ~J 00 00 cid 00 .Si 8 . }l:' J ~ ~ ~.' 'Ii ..;J ! > J a: ~ LI.I > i . " " ,I:J ~ >= I ," ,.. ~ .!I ::;1:' '0 , 'iI 'So. g . '(I: t: ~ ! ~ ~ "8;~~ U,)zti)z: ~:' g ~ H ~ !z If'lIln Tn IJn".. .... .... C\I N -1___.-,,,, 1 I I a.-::::JI co co -))) H !;! 52 ca:: It) en 8~~:g CDClOCOU') ~ f:\I OOOCD UIJ "lr~""C;? "lr"lr"lft") C . . , . . . I . I "lr'G'''IfC;? "II'oc:r~c;? 0 Q U; 0 OOOCD 00 CD X "II'oc:roc:rc;? "lr"lroc:rC') Ia.I WI ~ ... 8:8:8:8: 0.8;0.0. > Ii: c IU 0.. Q.Q. iU Go ::II! ........ ,...., ....... ..... <DCOCOi I u 0 co CD coco Go CD CD CD CD COllOCD Ia.I enOCl)cn mcncnm II: WI II: ~.........- .- .,.... ..- .- W ..... ~ ......... ....... ......................, ....... .- WI ... ... .. ..... ~ P" .... .... C .- ~'t:'Ci i1:''I:'e 1 Q C ca as ftl a l.lt.o;. ll.ll.o..a. cCcC<< <<:.1< (/)en(/)(IJ C/)(/) (/) ~~:E:E ~~:e~ I ~ !IE 'ift.:.er/. ~~r/. I :;, en - . en ~ c;?(\/U') _"II'LC) CD ltliZ > en CD 1'_ o.~ 0 en .. C') , 0>.... -I W ~ '0 -!!~ ~ II: fa <I: as as .0; (/) en a.. 0_ Z z 0....'" I s- 2 .a8; <C c ca .u.. -I ~:e 1L -I W I g .9~ 0 LA: a: ..g~ I- LLJ ea:_ u lJ ~2? a: u 0 l!!!!!. 0 (/) I-li'. - cilJ ~i 0. i:i m W -' w ~ ", fII) <( .... iI5 a: ii: 1 Nt- . ~ ~ as 0 l- e 'it b ... :J ::3 i '5C I ::i 4) ~ '0 >- t- ~ >- !:: w fi-ca== -ftl- en (/)U)ocS :::00 Z (/)(/) (/) I en z ~ UJ C C3 z I~ ~ z 5 < ~ 0 g - 10 ...." ~ :I: W lcoco en ::E: ~ ... oN en ..... Do o~ 0 a: a: ::I! 0 UJ C a: z 0 OJ a: a: ::E N 0 IIa.IW m CD C) DID ..... N :&:5 ~i 0 0 .... 1-- ~ Z C") ID 'G' Irs:;, " S; 0.0 :5 t3 CD 1!8 c - __I ......~..........1........T,... roau.., urruuu,", ..,..u ,..j~,,"!=,n Qn Tn un,..